TABLES & RECEPTION Effective March 1, 2014

Transcription

1 TABLES & RECEPTION Effective March 1, 2014

2 Table of Contents Warranty 2 Terms and Conditions 2 Locking Information 4 Lock Core Order Form 5 Product Reference Modification List 6 Environmental Attributes 7 Wood Finishes 8 Conference Tables Launch Conference Tables 13 Media Walls 29 Hospitality Cart, Lectern 35 Credenzas, Media Panels, and Storage Cabinets 37 Power Supply Inserts 58 Weight Specifications 59 Meeting Room Finishes 62 Edge Profiles 63 Conference Top Shapes 65 Round Conference Tops 66 Square Conference Tops 75 Rectangular Conference Tops 76 Boat-Shaped Conference Tops 84 Racetrack Conference Tops 91 Base Selection Guide 98 Bases 104 Power Supplies 117 Meeting Room Casegoods 125 Pull Options 126 Conference Wall Components 127 Freestanding Conference Casegoods 133 Training Tables Sebree Specifications 155 HPL Top/3mm PVC-Solid Color Edge 168 HPL Top/Self Edge 170 HPL Top/Bullnose T-Mold Edge 172 Veneer or HPL Top/3mm Wood Edge 174 HPL Top/Urethane Edge 176 Veneer or HPL Top/Internal Lumber Band Edge 178 Veneer or HPL Top/External Lumber Band Edge 180 Power and Data 182 Support Units 189 Occasional Tables Calypso, Chaya, Larson, Palmer, Tidal and Travata 193 Myriad 201 Reception Element Specifications 204 Transaction Shelf Reception Stations 205 Transaction Box Reception Stations 254 Credenzas 304 Pedestals 306 Decorative Shelf 312 Keyboards and Accessories 313 Index 317 1

3 Warranty, Terms and Conditions OFS casegoods and conference products are guaranteed to be free from defects in design, material, and workmanship, given normal use and proper care, for 12 years of single-shift service with the exceptions noted below. OFS will repair or replace, at our discretion without charge to the original purchaser, any product or part thereof which fails as the result of such a defect during the warranty period. OFS assumes no responsibility for repairs to products that result from user modifications, attachments to a product, misuse, abuse, alteration, or negligent use. Except as stated above, OFS makes no expressed or implied warranties as to any product, and, in particular, makes no warranty of merchantability or of fitness for any particular purpose. OFS shall not be liable for consequential or incidental damages arising from any product defect. All components not ed below 12 years All drawer glide suspensions lifetime All locking mechanisms lifetime All door hinges 12 years Door latches 12 years Door pulls 12 years Launch Worksurface Strip Light 3 years Casters/pneumatic lifts 2 years Projection Screens 2 years This warranty does not cover: Damage caused by a transportation company. Natural variations in color, grain, or texture of wood and other covering materials over which OFS has no control. Damage created by loading file drawers with anything other than hanging files. Freight or other shipping charges on returned product or parts, labor or service. ordering information All orders should be placed with: OFS 1204 East 6th St. P.O. Box 100 Huntingburg, IN Fax order_entry@ofsbrands.com A customer drawing or sketch of the planned configuration in modular applications will facilitate order processing. prices All prices herein are prices including delivery to one destination, effective with the date printed on the cover and supersede all other published price s. US List Prices are domestic prices only for shipment within the Continental United States. Prices are subject to change without notice, unless quoted in writing. Possession of the price does not constitute authority to sell or offer for sale OFS products. acknowledgements Orders are acknowledged upon receipt of credit approval. Your acknowledgment is a detailed description of items, prices, shipping information, and shipping date. Please read your acknowledgment closely and notify OFS immediately of any discrepancies. OFS is not responsible for errors on orders placed by phone without written confirmation. availability OFS is committed to the fastest possible delivery of all products. Items on the OFS Arrival Day 12 program will be delivered on or before 12 business days from date of credit approved order. OFS Arrival Day 12 items that deliver in 12 business days are indicated by a symbol following the model number. Statutory holidays and scheduled factory vacations may add to acknowledged lead times of Arrival Day 12 orders. Available factory capacity for Arrival Day 12 is filled by orders received on a first come, first serve basis. If the normal Arrival Day 12 lead time is not available for your orders because available capacity has been filled, you will be immediately advised. Arrival Day 12 orders must be clean when received in order to be considered officially received on a given day, and lead times will be acknowledged from the date orders are determined to be clean. Changes to Arrival Day 12 orders are not allowed under any circumstances. Items ordered for delivery under OFS s Arrival Day 12 program must be clearly designated on customer s purchase order by placing the letters AR in front of the model number. : AR-CT1-42-4G-EG-QR On purchase orders that contain items for both Arrival Day 12 and standard lead times, please clearly mark order to ship and backorder. If ship and backorder is not specified, these orders will be shipped complete at standard lead times. All other items are available within our normal manufacturing schedule. For information on stock availability, call our customer service hotline Note: Planned shipping dates may be delayed due to fires, strikes, natural disasters, or other causes beyond our control. quantity orders Contact your OFS Customer Service Representative to verify inventory and production schedules to ensure requested shipment date prior to placing large quantity orders. delivery and freight charges: All shipments are F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and allowed, excluding fuel surcharges. Shipments outside of the Continental United States are freight prepaid and allowed to port of exit. OFS reserves the right to select the most appropriate carrier and routing on all shipments; however, we will try to accommodate requests for your preferred carrier. OFS reserves the right to implement a fuel surcharge. Orders of less than $1,500 net will be assessed a handling charge of $100 net per order. Any charges arising from failure to receive a shipment, rerouting while in transit, or carrier storage charges are not included in prices shown. Orders requiring special services are subject to an additional charge. These services include: Reconsignment from original destination to new destination - $35 plus $3.00 per mile net Refused/Returned Freight Freight refused at destination and returned to OFS - Double Freight Freight refused at time of delivery; returned to OFS to deliver at a later date - Triple Freight 2

4 Detention Fees (after 2 hours of waiting) - $85 net per hour Weekend delivery available Friday after 3:00 p.m. through Sunday night, or Holiday - $600 net per truck Customer Pickup Customer Request for 3rd party to pick up freight at OFS terminal - $125 net Change of Tags/Address/Phone #'s on Shipments - $35 net special orders The OFS line of office furniture is among the most complete in the industry. However, should a particular need arise requiring size modification or customization, contact your Customer Service Representative for a price quotation. Because of the uniqueness of the product, special orders are not subject to cancellation. cancellation storage charges All orders accepted by OFS are considered firm and binding and are not subject to cancellation. warehouse storage charges If a shipment is held beyond fourteen (14) calendar days after the order is ready for shipment at your request, a.067% per day (2% per month) storage charge will be assessed. The effective date will be fourteen (14) calendar days after the order is ready for shipment, as long as this date is after the acknowledged ship date. Further, the prices applied to the order will be those prices in effect at time of shipment. extended production and ship dates Orders placed with OFS with extended lead times as requested by you will be subject to price in effect at time of shipment. damaged merchandise and freight claims 1. Inspect all cartons for damage and verify carton quantity. All shipments are delivered to the transportation company in good condition; OFS s liability ceases at this time. Do not refuse merchandise damaged in transit. Instead, enter a claim with the transportation company. 2. Record damages and/or shortages on the bill of lading and freight bill. Do not accept the shipment until all shortages are noted on both the bill of lading and the freight bill. Sign only for the items you receive. If you give the delivering carrier a clear receipt for a shipment, the carrier is relieved of further responsibility. 3. If concealed damage is found: Notify the delivering carrier at once and request an inspection. For shipments via Styline Logistics, notify your OFS Customer Service Representative. This must be done within 15 calendar days of delivery. Without this inspection the transportation company will not entertain a claim for loss or damage. If the carrier will not perform the inspection, you should prepare an affidavit that you contacted the carrier, noting the time and date, and that the carrier failed to comply with your request. All shipping cartons and inner packing must be retained for carrier inspection. Do not move the damaged merchandise from the receiving location. It must also be retained for the inspection. return of merchandise OFS will not accept returned merchandise without a signed Return Authorization (RA) issued by our Customer Service Department. All returned merchandise must be properly packaged and cartoned to prevent further damage. Carton must be clearly marked with identifying RA number so that proper credit can be issued. We will consider issuing RAs for the following reasons: Manufacturing defect (must be inspected by an OFS sales representative) OFS order processing error Shipping error Duplicate shipments Mismarked cartons All merchandise must be returned within thirty (30) days of the date of the RA to receive credit. Freight damage, signs of usage, missing parts, etc., will be adjusted on the amount of credit to be issued. repair charges Reimbursement from OFS for repairs must have prior approval. finishes The patented Euroluxe finish is a chemically re-engineered Urethane clear coat that preserves the beautiful depth and clarity of OFS' finishes, but allows for much greater performance with chemical and scratch resistance, as well as the complete elimination of dangerous formaldehyde emissions. The Euroluxe finish system achieves indoor air quality standards set by LEED and BIFMA furniture emission standards and allows all products to achieve GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certification by the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute. SilverBan technology is an antimicrobial utilizing silver ions infused into the Euroluxe wood finish for antimicrobial protection on all exposed wood surfaces. SilverBan inhibits the growth of mold, mildew, fungus and bacteria on wood surfaces, as well as odors caused by bacterial growth, by 99.99%. custom finishes Custom finish color matching is available for special requirements. OFS must be provided with a suitable 8" x 10" or larger finish sample. OFS has a complete library of previously developed custom finishes that may be an acceptable match. However, new custom finishes can be developed to meet specific needs. There will be a $300 net upcharge per order for new custom finishes (waived on projects of $100,000 price or more). Custom finish upcharge for repeat or additional orders will be $150 per order, even when the upcharge was waived on the original project. Custom finish matches are valid for 12 months from sample date. After this time period, custom finishes must be rematched and reapproved for use. finish disclaimer Some worksurface accessories with plastic feet can penetrate or burn the finish. This is not a defect in the finish. Wood is a natural product and minor variations in wood color, grain, and texture may be visible even though the pieces are finished at the same time. Also, light finishes when exposed to ultraviolet rays may darken and change color. These are not defects in the finish, and merchandise cannot be replaced because of these natural variations. BIFMA and ANSI testing OFS is a member of the Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer s Association. Tests developed by BIFMA and approved by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) determine the strength and durability of casegoods and seating in its everyday use. Although this testing does not serve as a warranty or guarantee, OFS products within this price generally meet or exceed applicable BIFMA and ANSI standards. memberships OFS is proud to be a member and support these organizations: International Facility Management Association 3

5 tackboard fabrics All OFS carded fabric patterns except Vinyls and Leathers are preapproved for tackboard application (see OFS Seating Price List for patterns and colors). A complete of fabrics that have been tested for tackboard application can be accessed at Products Materials Textiles Tackboard Fabrics. Each fabric pattern and vendor is ed with a YES or NO for approval. If your selected fabric is not on the, please contact your Customer Service Representative for approval. locking information Standard Locks are always keyed alike with key number 345T. Standard locks are placed inside the top drawer for shipping and are field installed. specific key options Requirements for specific key options by office must be specified on the purchase order at the time the order is placed. Model Numbers with specific key options will specify NO LOCK CORE on the acknowledgement. A seperate line item will be ed on the acknowledgement as LOCK CORE SET. Specific lock core and key (only 1 key is now included) will be sent separately (see Field Installation below). keyless cabinet locking system Keyless cabinet locking system uses radio frequency technology. One transmitter pad can operate single or multiple receiver latches. The locking system operates with separate and programmable user and supervisor codes. Optional modes are available for manual locking, self locking or single use locking of drawers and doors. Please contact your Customer Service Representative for applicability and for a price quotation. field installation Blank lock cores are installed at factory, allowing specific lock numbers to be ordered but shipped in a separate package for field installation. Lock Core Order Form (see page 5) must be filled out and submitted with the purchase order. Lock core/key numbers 100 through 150 are available. For quantity of locks per unit, please visit and select Resources Forms & Documents Lock Core Guide. re-keying in the field Lock core and key can be purchased separately. The purchase order form must specify quantity, key number(s), and color of the core (available in black, brass, or nickel). Key numbers above number 150 are not stocked and may require a 2-week lead time. Orders ship standard UPS ground. Please Note: A lock core change tool must be ordered for lock cores that will be re-keyed in the field. item Lock Core and Key $15 Lock Core Change Tool $26 Master Key $26 All items are non-returnable. 4

6 5

7 PRODUCT REFERENCE easy modification mod# modification detail price 1. MOD#1 Standard OFS Brands Hardware Pulls $25 Each 3. MOD#3 Move or Add Grommets (customer to specify location) $59 Each 4. MOD#4 Reinforced Drawers 5. MOD#5 Fabric Tackboards (any reduction in size) $50 Per $30 Drawer 6. MOD#6 Contemporary - BBF to FF No Charge 7. MOD#7 Contemporary - FF to BBF No Charge 8. MOD#8 Wire Access Cutout in Back Panel (4" x 4") - Available on Bridges, Returns, Credenzas, & Corner Units. Cannot be located closer than 3" from any edge. For units with Signature Band, top clearance is 6". (customer to specify location) 9. MOD#9 Wire Access Cutout in Back Panel (12" x 12") - Available on Bridges, Returns, Credenzas, & Corner Units. Cannot be located closer than 3" from any edge. For units with Signature Band, top clearance is 6". (customer to specify location) No Charge No Charge 1 0. M O D # 1 0 Locking (non-electronic) Per Set or Single Doors (wood or laminate panel doors only) $ M O D # 1 3 Venting Slots (customer to specify location) $ M O D # 1 6 Laser Logo Burn In ONE TIME SET UP FEE NET $125 + NET $20 Each 1 7. M O D # 1 7 Wire Access Door in Back Panel (18" x 15") Left Hinge - Available on Bridges, Returns, Credenzas, & Corner Units. Top clearance is 3". Additional 3" is required for Signature Band. (customer to specify location) $445 Each 1 8. M O D # 1 8 Set of 4 Casters - Available on some Pedestals $55 Liability Clause: This pricing structure represents the more commonly requested product modifications. Although these modifications can be applied to the vast majority of products ed in our price books, some modifications cannot be applied to products with non-standard design features. Please contact your Customer Service Representative if you require assistance. How to Order: Qty MOD# Model Number Modification Detail Options Price 1 MOD#1 EL-1628MBFC with VG Forte Black pulls MCC - VG $1,409 + $75 = $1,484 6

8 OFS Environmental Attributes 7

9 Wood Finishes Matte Finishes Matte finishes are standard on the collections ed below. If different specifications are required, contact your customer service representative for ordering instructions. Contour Denali Impulse G2 Offerings Praxis Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry (MLC) (CHP)* Natural Cherry (MNC) Sable/Cherry (MSC) Matte Walnut Finishes: American Walnut (MAW) English Walnut (MGW) (MEP)* Executive Walnut (MEW) (EWP)* Legacy Walnut (MLW) Natural Walnut (MNW) (NWP)* Sable/Walnut (MSW) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry (MFC) (MFP)* Formal Mahogany/Walnut (MFW) Vintage Mahogany/Cherry (MVC) (VCP)* Vintage Mahogany/Walnut (MVW) (VMP)* Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple (MHM) Light Maple (MLM) (LMP)* Natural Maple (MNM) Matte Oak Finishes: Chestnut Oak (MCO) Clear Oak (MRO) Espresso Oak (MSO) European Oak (MUO) Steel Grey Oak (MGO) (STP)* *Laminate top option available (not available on Contour, Denali, or Lounge Tables). 8

10 Chaya & Tidal Meeting Room Launch Lounge Tables Lounge Tables 9

11 Wood Finishes Gloss Finishes Gloss finishes are standard on the collections ed below. If different specifications are required, contact your customer service representative for ordering instructions. Classic Executive I Legacy Meeting Room Gloss Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry (CCC) Grand Cherry (GCC) Light Cherry (LCC) (CHP)* Natural Cherry (NCC) Sable/Cherry (GSC) Gloss Walnut Finishes: American Walnut (AWW) Executive Walnut (EWW) (EWP)* Legacy Walnut (LWW) Sable/Walnut (GSW) Gloss Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry (FMC) (MFP)* Formal Mahogany/Walnut (FMW) Vintage Mahogany/Cherry (VMC) (VCP)* Vintage Mahogany/Walnut (VMW) (VMP)* Gloss Maple Finishes: Honey Maple (HMM) Light Maple (LMM) (LMP)* Natural Maple (NMM) *Laminate top option available. 10

12 Launch veneer Exposed surfaces are number one select cherry, walnut, maple or oak veneers. Select straight and close grain patterns are used overall to maintain consistency between individual units. worksurfaces Conference table tops are " thick, supported with a 1" thick high-density subtop for a total thickness of ", profiled on all sides. Multi-piece tops are joined together with metal plates and wood screws. Credenza tops are.75" thick, profiled on user side only. bases Bases attach to tops with support panels and wood screws. Only two bases are required for any table length due to support beams that run the entire length between bases. Support beams consist of composite wood material reinforced with steel, veneered and finished. Support beams ship with conference top. An optional center wire management column is offered for channeling wires from worksurface to floor in the center of the table. accents Some Launch products are designed with 1.5" diameter half-tubular aluminum accents that coordinate with the overall design of the product. Veneers, granite, solid surface, and leather material options are available on worksurface ends and center inserts of conference tops. Veneers, granite, and solid surface material options are also available on credenza tops, hospitality cart undershelf, open display case top and lectern shelf. work area Launch table design incorporates " linear inches of work area per person for more comfortable conferencing. Seating capacity ed in item description is based on ". Tables can accommodate additional seating. assembly Structural joints are secured with 16-gauge steel angle brackets and wood glue blocks. Tables include mounting brackets for electrical/data boxes. Failure to secure the electrical/data boxes to the table top will void warranty. Please see instruction manual on installation of conference tops. Adjustable levelers feature insert nuts to prevent glide tear out. casegoods back panels Casegoods are intended for placement against a wall. Backs of credenzas and storage cabinets are unfinished and are inset 2" to allow for wire management. file drawers All file drawers accommodate letter or legal filing. Filing hardware is finished in black to prevent corrosion. drawer construction.4375" thick unidirectional plywood drawer sides and backs are assembled using rigid dowel construction. Drawers feature.25" thick drawer bottoms. Drawer interiors are sanded and finished. drawer suspension High quality drawer suspensions carry a lifetime warranty. Box and file drawers are full extension. All suspension systems have a durable finish and feature positive and cushioned in/out stops and steel ball bearings to ensure a smooth ride. finish The patented Euroluxe finish is a chemically re-engineered Urethane clear coat that preserves the beautiful depth and clarity of OFS finishes, but allows for much greater performance with chemical and scratch resistance, as well as the complete elimination of dangerous formaldehyde emissions. The Euroluxe finish system achieves indoor air quality standards set by LEED and BIFMA furniture emission standards and allows all products to achieve GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certification by the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute. SilverBan technology is an antimicrobial utilizing silver ions infused into the Euroluxe wood finish for antimicrobial protection on all exposed wood surfaces. SilverBan inhibits the growth of mold, mildew, fungus and bacteria on wood surfaces, as well as odors caused by bacterial growth, by 99.99%

13 Launch Wood Finishe s Matte Cherry Finishes: (MCC) Crescent Cherry (MGC) Grand Cherry (MLC) Light Cherry (MNC) Natural Cherry (MSC) Sable/Cherry Matte Walnut Finishes: (MAW) American Walnut (MGW) English Walnut (Quartered) (MEW) Executive Walnut (MLW) Legacy Walnut (MNW) Natural Walnut (Quartered) (MSW) Sable/Walnut Matte Mahogany Finishes: (MFC) Formal Mahogany/Cherry (MFW) Formal Mahogany/Walnut (MVC) Vintage Mahogany/Cherry (MVW) Vintage Mahogany/Walnut Matte Maple Finishes: (MHM) Honey Maple (MLM) Light Maple (MNM) Natural Maple Matte Oak Finishes: (MCO) Chestnut Oak (Quartered) (MRO) Clear Oak (Quartered) (MSO) Espresso Oak (Quartered) (MUO) European Oak (Quartered) (MGO) Steel Grey (Quartered) Optional Materials Conference Table Worksurfaces Ends or Center Inserts Hospitality Cart Undershelf Lectern Shelf Credenza Tops Open Display Case Top Granite (KWG) Kashmere White Granite (MAG) Mahogany Granite (EMG) Emerald Granite (ABG) Absolute Black Granite Note: Granite is a natural product. Color and pattern may vary by item. These are not defects and products cannot be replaced because of these natural variations. Solid Surface (DSS) Desert Sand G01 Solid Surface (BMS) Black Matrix 324 Solid Surface (AWS) Arctic White S06 Solid Surface (GGS) Grey Granite G17 Solid Surface (CAS) Cairo F1-9130R Solid Surface (AGS) Antique Glass K Satin Solid Surface Davenport Leather - Conference Tables Only (DAV 9202) Amethyst (DAV 7378) Atlantis (DAV 7800) Austin (DAV 8548) Bark (DAV 9206) Bayview (DAV 9201) Berry (DAV 1112) Black (DAV 1097) Brown (DAV 7835) Camel (DAV 8446) Celadon (DAV 8774) Chamois (DAV 9204) Copper (DAV 8979) Cream (DAV 7298) Dusk (DAV 7568) Earthy (DAV 8778) Fennel (DAV 8546) Glass Block (DAV 8554) Olive (DAV 4536) Plum (DAV 7574) Porcellana (DAV 7579) Smoke (DAV 9203) Spring (DAV 8779) Storm (DAV 8787) Tomato (DAV 7349) Wet Sand (DAV 7582) Yonder Electrical/Data with Matching Wood Insert - Squircle Tables Only (EDB) Electrical/Data Boxes with Wood Center Insert to match Conference Top 12

14 Launch Product Features Conference Tables LA-18956CT4 shown - see pages for boat-shaped conference table selections. For squircle tables, see pages Double Electrical/Data Box - see page 14 for standard box configuration. Available as an option on CT1 and CT2. Standard on CT3 and CT4. Optional Center Inserts in wood, granite, solid surface, or leather available on CT3 and CT4. Table top strip lighting available on CT4 only. LED lights. Switch is located in end electrical/data box. Access Door for electrical/data infeed LA-CTB Base covers 6" x 6" 4-outlets floor plate - see optional panel base on page 25. Steel-reinforced support beams run the entire length of the top between bases (only 2 bases required). Veneer exterior of support beam is finished to match conference top finish. 1.5" Diameter Half-Tubular Aluminum Accent Optional Worksurface Ends in wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert available on CT2, CT3, and CT4. LA-CTBC - optional center wire management column conceals wires routed from center of table to floor. Features access door for electrical/data infeed. Styles available to match base selection. CT1 CT2 CT3 CT4 Optional Leather Insert End WOOD with optional electrical/data boxes See pages WOOD with END OPTIONS and optional electrical/data boxes See pages WOOD with END and CENTER OPTIONS electrical/data boxes standard See pages WOOD with END and CENTER OPTIONS electrical/data boxes and strip lighting standard See pages When specifying wood finishes on CT2 ends or CT3 ends and center, the wood finish specified must be different from the tabletop finish. For tables with the same finish, order CT1 tabletop w w w. o f s. c o m 13

15 Launch Product Features Conference Tables Underside cutaway view of CT4 to show wiring Subtop provides structural support and serves as mounting platform for multi-piece conference tops. Power for Lights Transformer Power Access for Lights Power to Electrical/Data Boxes Steel Structural Supports Support beams conceal wiring from electrical/data boxes and lights Powered conference tables with lighted worksurfaces have 2 power cords. See page 58 for additional Leviton electrical/data inserts available from OFS. Any Leviton modules and most NEMA approved modules can be field installed to meet your needs. Contact your local AV contractor for your specific requirements. For optioned or standard electrical/data boxes, the supplied power includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. A qualified electrician can easily convert the plug to hard wire in the field to meet City of Chicago requirements. No additional parts are needed. 2 ELECTRIC OUTLETS, 2 RJ-45 CONNECTORS AND 4 BLANKS PER SIDE Wiring and connectors for power are included in the price of the top when electrical/data boxes are specified. All electrical components, including the electrical/data boxes, ship in a separate carton. Installation sheets provide specific instructions on how to route power. Placement of the electrical/data boxes is standard as shown in the line art on pages To modify the number of boxes and/or location, see page 15. FOR CT4 LIGHTED CONFERENCE TOP, LIGHT SWITCH REPLACES 1 DATA FACEPLATE IN END BOX DOUBLE ELECTRICAL/DATA BOX FOR BOAT-SHAPED CONFERENCE TOPS 2 ELECTRIC OUTLETS, 2 RJ-45 CONNECTORS AND 4 BLANKS SINGLE ELECTRICAL/DATA BOX FOR SQUIRCLE CONFERENCE TOPS w w w. o f s. c o m

16 Launch E l e c t r i c a l / D a t a K i t s f o r C T 1 a n d C T 2 C o n f e re n c e To p s Electrical/data boxes are preconfigured as shown in the drawings on pages However, CT1 and CT2 conference tops can be ordered as a special, with electrical/data boxes inserted at any specified location. Note: Due to the insert options and lighted surfaces, the CT3 and CT4 conference tops cannot be modified. A detailed drawing must accompany your purchase order. Some constraints/restrictions may apply. Please contact Customer Service for additional information or specials_costing@ofsbrands.com for a quote. Electrical/data kits include electrical/data boxes, handy box with 2 power cords, and daisy chain connectors to connect the power from handy box to the first electrical/data box and between the electrical/data boxes at " intervals. A qualified electrician can easily convert the plugs to hard wire in the field to meet City of Chicago requirements. No additional parts are needed for hardwiring. Please make note that one electrical/data box or the first box in a daisy chain must be placed a minimum of " from the end. Boxes placed exactly " from the end allow wires to be routed directly through the base to the power outlet in the floor for optimum wire management (see illustration at right). Kits are configured based on a distance of " between boxes. If boxes are placed more than 3' apart or if the first box is located further than " from the end, additional LA-PW daisy chain connectors will be needed. Each LA-PW daisy chain connector extension is 3' L. In cases where the number of daisy chain connectors required is not compliant with local code, wiring can be routed between the electrical/data boxes. OFS will work with your own AV contractor to develop wiring solutions that are in compliance. ELECTRICAL LOCATION Please contact your Customer Service Rep or special_costing@ofsbrands.com for orders requiring the use of electrical/data kits. A detailed drawing must accompany the purchase order. Cutout is " from end Note: Electric codes may vary from location to location. Customer is responsible for ensuring compliance with local electrical codes. INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT PRICING single box double box plug & play 3' daisy chain unit w/ 10' cord w/ 10' cord 10' patch cord LA-PDS LA-PBD LA-PC LA-PW each $1,448 LIST $1,814 LIST $226 LIST $293 LIST DOUBLE BOX DAISY-CHAIN KITS double box unit kits LA-PDK2D 2 boxes in kit $4,519 LIST LA-PDK3D 3 boxes in kit $6,778 LIST LA-PDK4D 4 boxes in kit $9,050 LIST LA-PDK5D 5 boxes in kit $11,006 LIST LA-PDK6D 6 boxes in kit $13,258 LIST LA-PDK7D 7 boxes in kit $15,357 LIST LA-PDK8D 8 boxes in kit $17,579 LIST Prices include conference top modification. Order 1 LA-PC plug and play 10' patch cord for each RJ-45 connection part. Each kit includes 1 daisy chain connector between handy box and the first electrical/ data box and 1 daisy chain connector between each pair of electrical/data boxes. Order additional LA-PW daisy chain connectors when boxes are placed over 3' apart w w w. o f s. c o m 15

17 Launch w w w. o f s. c o m

18 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Electrical/Data Boxes LA-10850CT1 MCC NP Model Number Finish Electric See page 12 for finish options. boat-shaped conference tops optional electrical/data boxes edge electrical/ data boxes option item model description w d h 50" x 108" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $6,524 List Price LA-10850CT1 boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end weight (lbs.) 318 seats 6 2 bases required cubic ft. 42 includes support beam used between bases 3 optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. $ 7,239 52" x 135" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $8,711 List Price LA-13552CT1 boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 8 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 438 cubic ft optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. $ 9,047 54" x 162" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $10,585 List Price LA-16254CT1 boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 10 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 592 cubic ft optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. $10,876 Note: Item weights are based on wood tops. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see page 59). See page 25 for coordinating bases and wire management columns. See page 58 for optional electrical/data inserts w w w. o f s. c o m 17

19 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Electrical/Data Boxes LA-1895CT1 MCC NP Model Number Finish Electric See page 12 for finish options. boat-shaped conference tops optional electrical/data boxes edge electrical/ data boxes option item model description w d h 56" x 189" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge LA-18956CT1 boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end weight (lbs.) 704 seats 12 cubic ft bases required includes support beam used between bases 6 optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. $12,944 (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $12,752 List Price 58" x 216" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge LA-21658CT1 boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 14 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 814 cubic ft optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. $15,011 (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $14,767 List Price 58" x 243" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge LA-24358CT1 boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 16 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 925 cubic ft optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. $17,227 (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $16,905 List Price Note: Item weights are based on wood tops. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see page 59). See page 25 for coordinating bases and wire management columns. See page 58 for optional electrical/data inserts w w w. o f s. c o m

20 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. End 4. Electrical/Data Boxes LA-10850CT2 MCC KWG NP Model Number Finish End Electric See page 12 for finish and worksurface end material options. boat-shaped conference tops with end option optional electrical/data boxes edge electrical/ data boxes option item model description w d h 50" x 108" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $6,524 List Price LA-10850CT2 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end weight (lbs.) 318 seats 6 cubic ft bases required includes support beam used between bases must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends (see pg. 12) 3 optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. $ 8,131 52" x 135" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $8,711 List Price LA-13552CT2 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price 54" x 162" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $10,585 List Price LA-16254CT2 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 8 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 438 cubic ft. 54 must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends (see pg. 12) 4 optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 10 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 592 cubic ft. 66 must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends (see pg. 12) 5 optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. $10,227 $12,058 Note: If worksurface end options are the same finish as the table top, order CT1 table top. Wood ends on CT2 table tops are for the option of specifying a different wood finish or material than the rest of the table top. Note: Item weights are based on wood tops. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see page 59). See page 25 for coordinating bases and wire management columns. See page 58 for optional electrical/data inserts w w w. o f s. c o m 19

21 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. End 4. Electrical/Data Boxes LA-18956CT2 MCC KWG NP Model Number Finish End Electric See page 12 for finish and worksurface end material options. boat-shaped conference tops with end option optional electrical/data boxes edge electrical/ data boxes option item model description w d h 56" x 189" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge LA-18956CT2 (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $12,752 List Price Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end weight (lbs.) 704 seats 12 cubic ft bases required includes support beam used between bases must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends (see pg. 12) 6 optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. $14,123 58" x 216" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge LA-21658CT2 (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $14,767 List Price Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price 58" x 243" (NP) No Electrical/Data Boxes Standard - No Upcharge LA-24358CT2 (NQ) Optional Electrical/Data Boxes Add $16,905 List Price Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 14 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 814 cubic ft. 90 must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends (see pg. 12) 7 optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 16 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 925 cubic ft. 102 must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends (see pg. 12) 8 optional electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. $16,190 $18,407 Note: If worksurface end options are the same finish as the table top, order CT1 table top. Wood ends on CT2 table tops are for the option of specifying a different wood finish or material than the rest of the table top. Note: Item weights are based on wood tops. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see page 59). See page 25 for coordinating bases and wire management columns. See page 58 for optional electrical/data inserts w w w. o f s. c o m

22 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. End 4. Center Insert LA-10850CT3 MCC KWG KWG Model Number Finish End Center Insert See page 12 for finish, worksurface end and center insert material options. boat-shaped conference tops with end and center insert options electrical/data boxes standard edge item model description w d h 50" x 108" LA-10850CT3 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $1,862 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $1,583 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $2,346 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end weight (lbs.) 336 seats 6 cubic ft bases required includes support beam used between bases 3 electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) Note: If worksurface end options are ordered in the same finish as the table top, the top will be a one piece top with center inserts and not as shown in line drawing. $14,656 52" x 135" LA-13552CT3 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $2,793 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $2,373 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $2,824 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 8 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 462 cubic ft electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) $18,938 54" x 162" LA-16254CT3 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $3,722 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $3,165 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $3,518 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 10 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 622 cubic ft electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) $22,643 Note: If worksurface end options on the LA-13552CT3 or LA-16254CT3 are ordered in the same finish as the table top, the top will be a three piece top with center inserts and not as shown in line drawing. Note: Wood ends and center inserts on CT3 table tops are for the option of specifying a different wood finish or material than the rest of the table top. If both worksurface end and center insert options are the same finish as the table top, order CT1 table top with optional electrical/data boxes. If worksurface end options are different but center insert options are the same finish as the table top, order CT2 table top with optional electrical/data boxes. Note: Item weights are based on wood tops. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see pg. 59). See page 25 for coordinating bases and wire management columns. See page 58 for optional electrical/data inserts w w w. o f s. c o m 21

23 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. End 4. Center Insert LA-18956CT3 MCC KWG KWG Model Number Finish End Center Insert See page 12 for finish, worksurface end and center insert material options. boat-shaped conference tops with end and center insert options electrical/data boxes standard edge item model description w d h 56" x 189" LA-18956CT3 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $4,654 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $3,941 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $4,077 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end weight (lbs.) 739 seats 12 cubic ft bases required includes support beam used between bases 6 electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) $26,876 58" x 216" LA-21658CT3 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $5,584 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $4,747 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $4,690 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 14 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 856 cubic ft electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) $30,957 58" x 243" LA-24358CT3 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $6,516 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $5,537 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $5,238 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end seats 16 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 973 cubic ft electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) $35,312 Note: If worksurface end options are ordered in the same finish as the table top, the top will be a three piece top with center inserts and not as shown in line drawing. Note: Wood ends and center inserts on CT3 table tops are for the option of specifying a different wood finish or material than the rest of the table top. If both worksurface end and center insert options are the same finish as the table top, order CT1 table top with optional electrical/data boxes. If worksurface end options are different but center insert options are the same finish as the table top, order CT2 table top with optional electrical/data boxes. Note: Item weights are based on wood tops. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see pg. 59). See page 25 for coordinating bases and wire management columns. See page 58 for optional electrical/data inserts w w w. o f s. c o m

24 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. End 4. Center Insert LA-10850CT4 MCC KWG KWG Model Number Finish End Center Insert See page 12 for finish, worksurface end and center insert material options. lighted boat-shaped conference tops with end and center insert options electrical/data boxes standard edge item model description w d h 50" x 108" LA-10850CT4 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $1,862 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $1,583 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $2,346 List Price 52" x 135" LA-13552CT4 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $2,793 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $2,373 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $2,824 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end lighted worksurface strips with light switch located in end electrical/data box white opaque acrylic covers for lights seats 6 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases 3 electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) Note: If worksurface end options are ordered in the same finish as the table top, the top will be a one piece top with center inserts and not as shown in line drawing. boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end lighted worksurface strips with light switch located in end electrical/data box white opaque acrylic covers for lights seats 8 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 336 cubic ft weight (lbs.) 462 cubic ft electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) $16,126 $20,774 54" x 162" LA-16254CT4 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $3,722 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $3,165 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $3,518 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end lighted worksurface strips with light switch located in end electrical/data box white opaque acrylic covers for lights seats 10 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 622 cubic ft electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) $25,197 Note: If worksurface end options on the LA-13552CT4 or LA-16254CT4 are ordered in the same finish as the table top, the top will be a three piece top with center inserts and not as shown in line drawing. Note: Worksurface and center insert options on CT4 table tops are for specifying a different wood finish or material than the rest of the table top. The same finish can be specified on top, end and center inserts. Note: Item weights are based on wood tops. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see pg. 59). See page 25 for coordinating bases and wire management columns. See page 58 for optional electrical/data inserts w w w. o f s. c o m 23

25 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. End 4. Center Insert LA-18956CT4 MCC KWG KWG Model Number Finish End Center Insert See page 12 for finish, and worksurface end and center insert material options. lighted boat-shaped conference tops with end and center insert options electrical/data boxes standard edge item model description w d h 56" x 189" LA-18956CT4 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $4,654 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $3,941 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $4,077 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end lighted worksurface strips with light switch located in end electrical/data box white opaque acrylic covers for lights seats 12 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 739 cubic ft electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) $29,619 58" x 216" LA-21658CT4 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $5,584 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $4,747 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $4,690 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end lighted worksurface strips with light switch located in end electrical/data box white opaque acrylic covers for lights seats 14 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 856 cubic ft electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) $34,534 58" x 243" LA-24358CT4 Worksurface End Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Ends - No Upcharge Granite Ends - Add $5,460 List Price Solid Surface Ends - Add $4,640 List Price Leather Insert Ends - Add $3,197 List Price Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Inserts - No Upcharge Granite Center Inserts - Add $6,516 List Price Solid Surface Center Inserts - Add $5,537 List Price Leather Center Inserts - Add $5,238 List Price boat-shaped grain runs end-to-end lighted worksurface strips with light switch located in end electrical/data box white opaque acrylic covers for lights seats 16 2 bases required includes support beam used between bases weight (lbs.) 973 cubic ft electrical/data boxes - includes 7' power cord with standard plug, handy box, and daisy chain connectors. Each box contains 2 electric outlets, 2 RJ-45 universal voice/data modules, and 4 blanks per side - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. must specify wood, granite, solid surface or leather insert on worksurface ends and center inserts (see pg. 12) $39,450 Note: If worksurface end options are ordered in the same finish as the table top, the top will be a three piece top with center inserts and not as shown in line drawing. Note: Worksurface and center insert options on CT4 table tops are for specifying a different wood finish or material than the rest of the table top. The same finish can be specified on top, end and center inserts. Note: Item weights are based on wood tops. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see pg. 59). See page 25 for coordinating bases and wire management columns. See page 58 for optional electrical/data inserts w w w. o f s. c o m

26 Launch to order 2. Finish LA-CTB MCC Model Number Finish See page 12 for finish options. conference table bases and wire management columns item model description w d h Conference Table Base 2 Bases Shown LA-CTB wood veneer 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents wire management access door adjustable heavy-duty levelers overall height w/ top 30" arm clearance 27.75" weight (lbs.) 60 cubic ft. 8 $ 1,743 Note: For tables with Electrical/Data Boxes, power hookup will be routed through one end base. For alternate routing of power hookup from center of table, a center wire management column must be specified (see below). Panel Conference Table Base LA-CTBT wood veneer with 3"H aluminum laminate reveal adjustable heavy-duty levelers overall height w/ top 30" arm clearance 27.75" weight (lbs.) 40 cubic ft. 8 $ 1,064 2 Bases Shown Note: For tables with Electrical/Data Boxes, power hookup must be routed from center of table. A center wire management column must be specified (see below). Center Wire Management Column LA-CTBC conceals wires routed from center of table to floor weight (lbs.) 27 wood veneer cubic ft. 4 wire management access panel fits below support beam accommodates 6" x 6" electrical floor plate $ 516 Center Wire Management Column LA-CTBCT conceals wires routed from center of table to floor weight (lbs.) 27 wood veneer with 3"H cubic ft. 4 aluminum laminate reveal wire management access panel fits below support beam accommodates 6" x 6" electrical floor plate $ w w w. o f s. c o m 25

27 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Electrical/Data (LA-48SQT Only) 4. Center Insert (LA-60SQT Only) for LA-48SQT LA-48SQT MCC NP Model Number Finish Electric for LA-60SQT LA-60SQT MCC KWG Model Number Finish Center squircle-shaped conference tops See page 12 for finish and center insert material options. edge single electrical/ data box option item model description w d h 48" Squircle Top (NP) No Electrical/Data Box Standard - No Upcharge (NN) Optional Electrical/Data Box Add $683 List Price LA-48SQT squircle (squared circle) shape weight (lbs.) 120 grain runs end-to-end cubic ft. 7 seats 4 use with LA-30SQB base (see pg. 27) or LA-30BHSB base (see pg. 28) 1 optional single electrical/data box includes 2 electric outlets, 2 - RJ-45 connectors and 4 blanks - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. $ 2, " Squircle Top (NP) No Center Insert Standard - No Upcharge LA-60SQT Center Insert Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Insert - Add $545 List Price Granite Center Insert - Add $1,304 List Price Solid Surface Center Insert - Add $1,111 List Price Leather Center Insert - Add $1,018 List Price squircle (squared circle) shape grain runs end-to-end on each individual section seats 4-6 use with LA-36SQB base (see pg. 27) or LA-36BHSB base (see pg. 28) optional center insert (no electrical/data) weight (lbs.) 210 cubic ft. 8 optional (EDB) electrical/data boxes (2 single boxes) include 2 electric outlets, 2 - RJ-45 connectors and 4 blanks in each box, 2 matching aluminum inserts, wood center insert, and white opaque acrylic corner inserts - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. Note: When (EDB) Electrical/Data Boxes with Wood Center Insert is specified, center wood section will be same wood veneer and finish as specified for conference top. $ 3,747 (4) white opaque acrylic in corners (2) electrical/data boxes (1) center wood section matching to table top (2) aluminum inserts matching to electrical/data boxes (EDB) Electrical/Data Boxes with Matching Center Wood Section - Must specify (EDB) Electrical/Data Boxes with Wood Center Insert - Add $1,628 List Price Note: Item weights are based on wood tops. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see page 59). See page 58 for optional electrical/data inserts w w w. o f s. c o m

28 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Center Insert (LA-72SQT Only) for LA-72SQT LA-72SQT MCC KWG Model Number Finish Center for LA-30SQB LA-30SQB MCC Model Number Finish See page 12 for finish and center insert material options. squircle-shaped conference tops and bases edge single electrical/ data box option item model description w d h 72" Squircle Top (NP) No Center Insert Standard - No Upcharge LA-72SQT Center Insert Options (No Electrical/Data) - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Center Insert - Add $650 List Price Granite Center Insert - Add $1,563 List Price Solid Surface Center Insert - Add $1,329 List Price Leather Center Insert - Add $1,142 List Price squircle (squared circle) shape grain runs end-to-end on each individual section seats 6-8 use with LA-42SQB base (see below) or LA-42BHSB base (see pg. 28) optional center insert (no electrical/data) weight (lbs.) 245 cubic ft. 11 optional single electrical/data boxes (4 single boxes) include 2 electric outlets, 2 - RJ-45 connectors and 4 blanks in each box, wood center insert, and white opaque acrylic corner inserts - electric components ship in a separate carton. Installation instructions are included. Note: When (EDB) Electrical/Data Boxes with Wood Center Insert is specified, center wood section will be same wood veneer and finish as specified for conference top. $ 5,211 (4) white opaque acrylic in corners (4) electrical/data boxes Note: Item weight is based on table with wood top. Weight will increase by weight of option specified (see pg. 59). See page 58 for optional electrical/data inserts. (1) center wood section matching to table top (EDB) Electrical/Data Boxes with Matching Center Wood Section - Must specify (EDB) Electrical/Data Boxes with Wood Center Insert - Add $3,123 List Price Squircle Base for 48" Top LA-30SQB use with LA-48SQT wood veneer weight (lbs.) " dia. half-tubular cubic ft. 19 aluminum accents wire management access door overall height w/ top 30" arm clearance 27.75" accommodates 6" x 6" electrical floor plate $ 3,257 Squircle Base for 60" Top LA-36SQB use with LA-60SQT wood veneer weight (lbs.) " dia. half-tubular cubic ft. 24 aluminum accents wire management access door overall height w/ top 30" arm clearance 27.75" accommodates 6" x 6" electrical floor plate $ 3,874 Squircle Base for 72" Top LA-42SQB use with LA-72SQT wood veneer weight (lbs.) " dia. half-tubular cubic ft. 35 aluminum accents wire management access door overall height w/ top 30" arm clearance 27.75" accommodates 6" x 6" electrical floor plate $ 4, w w w. o f s. c o m 27

29 Launch to order 2. Finish LA-30BHSB MCC Model Number Finish See page 12 for finish options. bar height squircle table bases item model description w d h Bar Height Squircle Base for 48" Top LA-30BHSB use with LA-48SQT wood veneer weight (lbs.) " dia. half-tubular cubic ft. 26 aluminum accents wire management access door overall height w/ top 42" arm clearance 39.75" accommodates 6" x 6" electrical floor plate $ 3,516 Bar Height Squircle Base for 60" Top LA-36BHSB use with LA-60SQT wood veneer weight (lbs.) " dia. half-tubular cubic ft. 36 aluminum accents wire management access door overall height w/ top 42" arm clearance 39.75" accommodates 6" x 6" electrical floor plate $ 4,183 Bar Height Squircle Base for 72" Top LA-42BHSB use with LA-72SQT wood veneer weight (lbs.) " dia. half-tubular cubic ft. 48 aluminum accents wire management access door overall height w/ top 42" arm clearance 39.75" accommodates 6" x 6" electrical floor plate $ 4, w w w. o f s. c o m

30 Launch MEDIA WALL FOR RECESSED TV SPECIFICATION FORM PLEASE FAX FORM ALONG WITH YOUR PURCHASE ORDER TO OFS AT DEALER NAME P.O. NUMBER ADDRESS DATE CITY, STATE, ZIP CONTACT NAME TELEPHONE NUMBER FAX NUMBER ADDRESS SELECT MEDIA WALL MODEL NUMBER LA-7352MWR (1 TV) LA-11052MWR (2 TVS) TV BRAND NAME: TV MODEL NUMBER: WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT OVERALL OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS OF EACH TV (excluding TV stand/base) PLEASE NOTE: Recess opening for TV will allow approximately.25" clearance on all 4 sides of TV and approximately.25" between the 2 TVs if ordering LA-11052MWR. Media Walls provide wire pass thru for access to outlet below the unit. If wall electrical access is needed directly behind the TV, please contact your Customer Service Representative for ordering instructions. A drawing showing the location of wall electrical access cutout will be provided for final approval prior to scheduling of the purchase order. When specifying dimensions for the TV, please verify that specifications on the carton or spec sheet are actual size of the outside dimensions of the TV without the base. TV measurements are the responsibility of the specifier. OFS cannot be held responsible for errors in measurements given w w w. o f s. c o m 29

31 Launch Product Features Media Walls for Recessed TVs (TV not included) 8.125" " Optional Crown - see bulkhead and crown options on pages Media Wall can be used alone or mounted above credenza. If used with credenza, Media Wall can be located on top the worksurface. If located above the worksurface, filler panel can be used to conceal wires. Recessed TV Not Included 1.5" Diameter Half-Tubular Aluminum Accent " " 0-12" " FILLER PANEL 12" Filler Panel attaches to Media Wall above Credenza. Filler Panel can be cut to required size during installation. Back inset 2" to allow for wire management. Power Access Grommet Hole Glass Speaker Shelf/Camera Ledge TV Wires run through access holes for power access..25" gap behind shelf allows wires to pass through. Optional wood DVD player shelf When optional wood DVD player shelf is not specified, wires run through grommet hole located above glass shelf. When specifying optional wood DVD player shelf, wires run through grommet hole located below glass shelf. Media walls are hung using hardwood knife-edge cleats (included) fastened to wall studs. ROUTING WIRES HANGING MEDIA WALLS TV MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR MEDIA WALLS PAGES Note: Installers are responsible for selecting and supplying appropriate fasteners for wall conditions. Improper installation may cause damage or serious injury. If you have any doubts about the safety of the installation, please contact a qualified contractor. OFS cannot be held liable for damage or injury caused by incorrect mounting, incorrect assembly, or incorrect use w w w. o f s. c o m

32 Launch Product Features Media Walls for Non-Recessed TVs (TV not included) Non-Recessed TV Not Included 1.5" Diameter Half-Tubular Aluminum Accent VERTICAL MEDIA WALL Glass Speaker Shelf/Camera Ledge Power Access Grommet Hole Glass Shelf Power Access Grommet Hole Used for vertical TV applications. Note: Some TVs do not include vertical TV application for portrait display. In those instances, it may be necessary to purchase software program to rotate image from landscape to portrait orientation. Determination of the appropriate TV and software for vertical application is the responsibility of the customer. TV Wires run through access holes for power access..25" gap behind shelf allows wires to pass through. TV MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR MEDIA WALLS PAGES & LA-5195MWB ON PAGE 34. When optional wood DVD player shelf is not specified, wires run through grommet hole located above glass shelf. ROUTING WIRES Optional wood DVD player shelf When specifying optional wood DVD player shelf, wires run through grommet hole located below glass shelf. Media walls are hung using hardwood knife-edge cleats (included) fastened to wall studs. HANGING MEDIA WALLS TV MOUNTING BRACKET FOR VERTICAL MEDIA WALLS LA-5266MWVS AND LA-5272MWVS-PAGE 34 Note: Installers are responsible for selecting and supplying appropriate fasteners for wall conditions. Improper installation may cause damage or serious injury. If you have any doubts about the safety of the installation, please contact a qualified contractor. OFS cannot be held liable for damage or injury caused by incorrect mounting, incorrect assembly, or incorrect use w w w. o f s. c o m 31

33 Launch media walls to order 2. Finish 3. Wood DVD Player Shelf (Media Walls Only) 4. Crown Edge (LA-8113CW Only) LA-7352MWR MCC NR Model Number Finish Wood DVD Player Shelf LA-73FP MCC Model Number Finish LA-7309BH MCC Model Number Finish LA-8113CW MCC NT Model. Number Finish Edge See page 12 for finish options. wood DVD player shelf option (NR) No Wood DVD Player Shelf - Standard - No Upcharge item model description w d h Media Wall for Recessed TV (TV not included) LA-7352MWR wall mounted swing out flat panel TV mount - TV will recess fully or partially, according to depth of TV 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents TV-to-floor wire management capabilities weight (lbs.) 214 cubic ft. 51 fits most flat panel TVs up to 42" (TV not included) maximum height for flat panel TV: 30.5" glass speaker shelf/camera ledge optional wood DVD player shelf optional bulkhead or crown available (see below) $12,266 (NS) Wood DVD Player Shelf - Add $850 List Price crown edge option (NT) Curve Media Wall for Non-Recessed TV (TV not included) Note: Media Wall Specification Form must accompany purchase order for media walls (see page 29). Please complete and fax form along with your purchase order to OFS at LA-7352MWF wall mounted swing out flat panel TV mount - TV will not recess 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents TV-to-floor wire management capabilities weight (lbs.) 234 cubic ft. 51 fits most flat panel TVs up to 50" (TV not included) maximum height for flat panel TV: 34" glass speaker shelf/camera ledge optional wood DVD player shelf optional bulkhead or crown available (see below) $11,497 (NU) Reed Filler Panel LA-73FP use with 73" wide media walls conceals wires between media wall and credenza attaches to media wall weight (lbs.) 24 cubic ft. 3 Note: Filler panel is standard at 12" high. Can be cut to required height during installation. $ 1,369 Bulkhead LA-7309BH use on 73" wide media walls finished on left, front and right sides weight (lbs.) 38 cubic ft. 5 $ 1,401 Crown LA-8113CW use on 73" wide media walls finished on left, front and right sides must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option weight (lbs.) 47 cubic ft. 7 $ 2,321 (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge Note: Installers are responsible for selecting and supplying appropriate fasteners for wall conditions. Improper installation may cause damage or serious injury. If you have any doubts about the safety of the installation, please contact a qualified contractor. OFS cannot be held liable for damage or injury caused by incorrect mounting, incorrect assembly, or incorrect use w w w. o f s. c o m

34 Launch media walls to order 2. Finish 3. Wood DVD Player Shelf (Media Walls Only) 4. Crown Edge (LA-11813CW Only) LA-11052MWR MCC NR Model Number Finish Wood DVD Player Shelf LA-110FP MCC Model Number Finish LA-11009BH MCC Model Number Finish LA-11813CW MCC NT Model Number Finish Edge See page 12 for finish options. wood DVD player shelf option (NR) No Wood DVD Player Shelf - Standard - No Upcharge (NS) Wood DVD Player Shelf - Add $1,638 List Price crown edge option (NT) Curve item model description w d h Media Wall for LA-11052MWR wall mounted $19,603 Recessed TVs swing out flat panel weight (lbs.) 270 (TVs not included) TV mounts - TV will recess fully or partially, according to depth of TVs cubic ft " dia. half tubular aluminum accents TV-to-floor wire management capabilities fits most flat panel TVs between " and 42.5" (TVs not included) maximum height for flat panel TV: 30.5" glass speaker shelf/camera ledge optional wood DVD player shelf optional bulkhead or crown available (see below) Media Wall for Non-Recessed TVs (TVs not included) Note: Media Wall Specification Form must accompany purchase order for media walls (see page 29). Please complete and fax form along with your purchase order to OFS at LA-11052MWF wall mounted swing out flat panel TV mounts - TV will not recess 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents TV-to-floor wire management capabilities weight (lbs.) 290 cubic ft. 76 fits most flat panel TVs up to 42" (TV not included) maximum height for flat panel TV: 34" glass speaker shelf/camera ledge optional wood DVD player shelf optional bulkhead or crown available (see below) $18,606 (NU) Reed Filler Panel LA-110FP use with " wide media walls conceals wires between media wall and credenza attaches to media wall weight (lbs.) 32 cubic ft. 5 Note: Filler panel is standard at 12" high. Can be cut to required height during installation. $ 1,936 Bulkhead LA-11009BH use on " wide media walls finished on left, front and right sides weight (lbs.) 49 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,980 Crown LA-11813CW use on " wide media walls finished on left, front and right sides must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option weight (lbs.) 69 cubic ft. 11 $ 3,153 (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge Note: Installers are responsible for selecting and supplying appropriate fasteners for wall conditions. Improper installation may cause damage or serious injury. If you have any doubts about the safety of the installation, please contact a qualified contractor. OFS cannot be held liable for damage or injury caused by incorrect mounting, incorrect assembly, or incorrect use w w w. o f s. c o m 33

35 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Wood DVD Player Shelf (LA-5272MWVS Only) LA-5272MWVS MCC NR Model Number Finish Wood DVD Player Shelf See page 12 for finish options. media walls wood DVD player shelf option (NR) No Wood DVD Player Shelf - Standard - No Upcharge item model description w d h Vertical Media Wall LA-5266MWVS $ 3,842 (TV not included) weight (lbs.) 124 cubic ft. 25 wall mounted swing out flat panel TV mount - TV mount arm only will recess fits most flat panel TVs up to 40" (TV not included) cutout for wire management responsibility of installer (NS) Wood DVD Player Shelf - Add $647 List Price Vertical Media Wall With Glass Speaker Shelf (TV not included) LA-5272MWVS wall mounted swing out flat panel TV mount - TV mount arm only will recess weight (lbs.) 146 cubic ft. 50 fits most flat panel TVs up to 40" (TV not included) cutout for wire management responsibility of installer glass shelf optional wood DVD player shelf $ 4,709 Media Wall With Wire Management (TV not included) LA-5195MWB wall mounted swing out flat panel TV mount - TV mount arm only will recess weight (lbs.) 146 cubic ft. 50 fits most flat panel TVs up to 50" (TV not included) 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents glass shelf wire management section conceals wires from TV to wall receptacle $ 7,961 Note: Installers are responsible for selecting and supplying appropriate fasteners for wall conditions. Improper installation may cause damage or serious injury. If you have any doubts about the safety of the installation, please contact a qualified contractor. OFS cannot be held liable for damage or injury caused by incorrect mounting, incorrect assembly, or incorrect use w w w. o f s. c o m

36 Launch hospitality cart and lectern to order 2. Finish 3. Shelf 4. Light (Lectern Only) 5. Power Grommet (Lectern Only) 6. Microphone (Lectern Only) for Hospitality Cart LA-3620HC MCC KWG Model Number Finish Shelf for Lectern LA-48LE MCC KWG NV NP PR Model Number Finish Shelf Light Power Mic See page 12 for finish, undershelf, and decorative shelf material options. edge light option (NV) No Light - Standard - No Upcharge (NW) Light Add $204 List Price item model description w d h Hospitality Cart LA-3620HC Undershelf Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Undershelf - Standard - No Upcharge Granite Undershelf - Add $4,935 List Price Solid Surface Undershelf - Add $4,158 List Price glass serving shelf doors weight (lbs.) " dia. half tubular cubic ft. 20 aluminum accent above doors 1 adjustable shelf behind left door waste bin behind right door casters optional undershelf materials $ 2,413 power/data grommet option (NP) No Power Grommet - Standard - No Upcharge (PQ) Power/Data Grommet - Add $589 List Price multi-flex condenser microphone option Lectern LA-48LE Decorative Top Shelf Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Decorative Shelf - Standard - No Upcharge Granite Decorative Shelf - Add $932 List Price Solid Surface Decorative Shelf - Add $796 List Price removable sloped shelf with paper/book stop 19" x 13" x 4" pull-out stepping stool wire management 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents weight (lbs.) 152 cubic ft. 24 optional light - 8 watt black slimline fluorescent fixture - UL ed optional round power/data grommet with wire pass-thru, (2) 110 volt outlets and (2) Cat.5E universal data modules optional multi-flex condenser microphone installed on speaker s left inside end panel - sound system not included optional decorative top shelf surface materials $ 7,318 (PR) No Microphone - Standard - No Upcharge (PS) Microphone - Add $1,296 List Price Note: Item weights are based on wood shelves. Weights will increase by weight of option specified (see page 59) w w w. o f s. c o m 35

37 w w w. o f s. c o m

38 Launch Product Features Credenzas 12" Optional Glass Ledge Aluminum Ledge Supports.75" thick tops are available in wood, granite, or solid surface 1.5" diameter half-tubular aluminum accents Back inset 2 to allow for wire management. Cutlery Tray in 1 Box Drawer Optional Slide Out Rack Rail System WOOD DOOR LOCKS Storage Cabinets and Credenzas can be modified w/lock on single wood door or pair of doors. Add $142 List Price for each lock. Modifications must be clearly designated on customer s purchase order by placing the letters MOD in front of the model number and noting the modification needed. : MOD-LA-5424CR3-MLC-MLC-LV-HC-PT modified with lock in left door and in right pair of doors. OPTIONAL SLIDE OUT RACK RAIL SYSTEM Available on double door credenzas and TV cabinets. OPTIONAL SLIDE OUT SHELVING SYSTEM Available on double door credenzas and TV cabinets. CUTLERY TRAY Additional Slide Out Equipment Rack components are available at w w w. o f s. c o m 37

39 Launch Media Panels and Storage Cabinets Crown with Optional Recessed Lights Crown with Optional Remote Control Projection Screen and Optional Recessed Lights LA-7352DSP with Glass Display Shelves 7.875" D Glass Display Shelves Crown with Optional Recessed Lights.75" Thick Top with Knife Edge on Credenzas and Display Cabinets. WALL UNITS WITH MEDIA PANELS Touch switches for lighted cabinets are located behind doors. Wall units can be specified with or without bulkheads or crowns. (see pages 47-51) Aluminum frame clear glass doors specified for top and/or bottom doors include light in upper section and glass adjustable shelves in upper and bottom section. Wood or aluminum frame frosted glass doors do not include lights and include wood adjustable shelves. Wood panel, aluminum frame frosted glass or aluminum frame clear glass door options. Extruded Aluminum Door Frames STORAGE CABINET Back inset 2" to allow for wire management. Lighting & glass shelves in top section are standard when clear glass door(s) is specified. MEDIA PANEL LA-7352MP with Optional 7.875" D Glass Shelf. See page 46 for media panel selection and shelf options. Media panel is placed on top of credenza and fastens to cabinet on each side of credenza using supplied fasteners. Mounts on credenza between (2) 88" H storage cabinets only w w w. o f s. c o m

40 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Top 4. Glass Ledge 5. Door 6. Slide Out Equipment Rack (LA-5424CR3 Only) LA-5424CR3 MCC KWG LV HC PT Model Number Finish Top Ledge Door Slide Out Equipment Rack credenzas See page 12 for finish and top options. edge glass ledge option (NR) No Glass Ledge - Standard - No Upcharge (LV) Glass Ledge - Add $1,340 List Price item model description w d h Door/Drawer Credenza LA-5424CR $ 4,593 weight (lbs.) 274 cubic ft. 34 top thickness:.75" Top Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Top - No Upcharge Granite Top - Add $7,073 List Price Solid Surface Top - Add $6,012 List Price Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Door - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert - Add $310 List Price (HS) Aluminum Frame Door w/ Clear Glass Insert and Adjustable Glass Shelf - Add $372 List Price 1 door - must specify door option 1 adjustable shelf behind door 4 box drawers and 2 file drawers letter or legal filing 1 cutlery tray insert 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents unfinished back - inset 2" to allow for wire management must specify wood, granite, or solid surface top option optional glass ledge door options Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert Aluminum Frame Door w/ Clear Glass Insert Door/Drawer Credenza LA-5424CR2 Top Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Top - No Upcharge Granite Top - Add $7,073 List Price Solid Surface Top - Add $6,012 List Price Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Door - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert - Add $620 List Price (HS) Aluminum Frame Door w/ Clear Glass Insert and Adjustable Glass Shelf - Add $745 List Price 2 doors - must specify door option 1 adjustable shelf behind each door 2 box drawers and 1 file drawer letter or legal filing 1 cutlery tray insert 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents unfinished back - inset 2" to allow for wire management weight (lbs.) 269 cubic ft. 34 top thickness:.75" must specify wood, granite, or solid surface top option optional glass ledge $ 4,309 slide out equipment rack option Slide Out Rack Rail System Slide Out Shelving System Door Credenza LA-5424CR3 Top Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Top - No Upcharge Granite Top - Add $7,073 List Price Solid Surface Top - Add $6,012 List Price Door Options - Must specify (HC) All Wood Door - No Upcharge (HR) All Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Frosted Glass Inserts - Add $932 List Price (HS) All Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Clear Glass Inserts and Adjustable Glass Shelves - Add $1,116 List Price Slide Out Equipment Rack Options - Must specify (PT) No Slide Out Equipment Rack - Standard - No Upcharge (PU) Slide Out Rack Rail System - Add $1,999 List Price (PX) Slide Out Shelving System - Add $2,114 List Price 1 door on left and 1 pair of doors on right must specify door option 1 adjustable shelf behind left door 1 adjustable shelf behind right pair of doors 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents unfinished back - inset 2" to allow for wire management weight (lbs.) 262 cubic ft. 34 top thickness:.75" must specify wood, granite, or solid surface top option optional glass ledge optional slide out rack rail or slide out shelving system - if specified, the option will replace the shelf behind pair of doors on right. Also, cutout is machined in credenza back to allow access to wall receptacle. $ 4,025 Note: Additional Slide Out Equipment Rack components are available at Note: When specifying wood or frosted glass doors, adjustable shelves will be wood. When specifying clear glass doors, adjustable shelves will be glass. Note: Item weights are based on wood top. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see page 60). Note: Optional glass ledge cannot be used in media panel or media wall applications w w w. o f s. c o m 39

41 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Top 4. Glass Ledge 5. Door 6. Slide Out Equipment Rack (LA-7324CR1 Only) LA-7324CR1 MCC KWG LV HC PT Model Number Finish Top Ledge Door Slide Out Equipment Rack credenzas See page 12 for finish and top options. edge glass ledge option (NR) No Glass Ledge - Standard - No Upcharge (LV) Glass Ledge - Add $1,813 List Price door options Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert Aluminum Frame Door w/ Clear Glass Insert slide out equipment rack option item model description w d h Door/Drawer Credenza LA-7324CR $ 5,089 weight (lbs.) 324 cubic ft. 45 top thickness:.75" Top Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Top - No Upcharge Granite Top - Add $9,386 List Price Solid Surface Top - Add $7,977 List Price Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Door - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Frosted Glass Inserts - Add $620 List Price (HS) Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Clear Glass Inserts and Adjustable Glass Shelves - Add $745 List Price Slide Out Equipment Rack Options - Must specify (PT) No Slide Out Equipment Rack - Standard - No Upcharge (PU) Slide Out Rack Rail System - Add $1,999 List Price (PX) Slide Out Shelving System - Add $2,114 List Price Door/Multi-Drawer Credenza LA-7324CR2 Top Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Top - No Upcharge Granite Top - Add $9,386 List Price Solid Surface Top - Add $7,977 List Price Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Door - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert - Add $620 List Price) HS) Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Clear Glass Inserts and Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $745 List Price 1 pair of doors in center must specify door option 1 adjustable shelf behind center pair of doors 4 box drawers and 2 file drawers letter or legal filing 1 cutlery tray insert 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents unfinished back - inset 2" to allow for wire management must specify wood, granite, or solid surface top option optional glass ledge optional slide out rack rail or slide out shelving system - if specified, the option will replace the shelf behind center pair of doors. Also, cutout is machined in credenza back to allow access to wall receptacle. 2 doors - must specify door option 1 adjustable shelf behind each door 2 box drawers, 1 wide box drawer, and 1 lateral file drawer letter or legal filing 1 cutlery tray insert 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents weight (lbs.) 329 cubic ft. 45 top thickness:.75" unfinished back - inset 2" to allow for wire management must specify wood, granite, or solid surface top option optional glass ledge $ 5,275 Slide Out Rack Rail System Slide Out Shelving System Note: Additional Slide Out Equipment Rack components are available at Note: When specifying wood or frosted glass doors, adjustable shelves will be wood. When specifying clear glass doors, adjustable shelves will be glass. Note: Item weights are based on wood top. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see page 60). Note: Optional glass ledge cannot be used in media panel or media wall applications w w w. o f s. c o m

42 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Top 4. Glass Ledge 5. Door 6. Slide Out Equipment Rack LA-11024CR1 MCC KWG LV HC PT Model Number Finish Top Ledge Door Slide Out Equipment Rack credenzas See page 12 for finish and top options. edge glass ledge option for LA-7324CR3 (NR) No Glass Ledge - Standard - No Upcharge (LV) Glass Ledge - Add $1,813 List Price for LA-11024CR1 (NR) No Glass Ledge - Standard - No Upcharge (LV) Glass Ledge - Add $2,711 List Price door options Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert Aluminum Frame Door w/ Clear Glass Insert slide out equipment rack option item model description w d h Door Credenza LA-7324CR $ 4,467 weight (lbs.) 315 cubic ft. 45 top thickness:.75" Shown with (HC) All Wood Doors Top Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Top - No Upcharge Granite Top - Add $9,386 List Price Solid Surface Top - Add $7,977 List Price 1 door on each end and 1 pair of doors in center must specify door option 1 adjustable shelf behind each end door and center pair of doors 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents unfinished back - inset 2" to allow for wire management Door Options - Must specify (HC) All Wood Doors - No Upcharge (HR) All Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Frosted Glass Inserts - Add $1,242 List Price (HS) All Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Clear Glass Inserts and Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $1,489 List Price (HV) Aluminum Frame Center Doors Only w/ Frosted Glass Inserts - Add $620 List Price (HW) Aluminum Frame Center Doors Only w/ Clear Glass Inserts And Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $745 List Price (HX) Aluminum Frame End Doors Only w/ Frosted Glass Inserts - Add $620 List Price (HY) Aluminum Frame End Doors Only w/ Clear Glass Inserts And Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $745 List Price Slide Out Equipment Rack Options - Must specify (PT) No Slide Out Equipment Rack - Standard - No Upcharge (PU) Slide Out Rack Rail System - Add $1,999 List Price (PX) Slide Out Shelving System - Add $2,114 List Price Door/Multi-Drawer Credenza Top Options - Must specify (see page 12 Wood Top - No Upcharge Granite Top - Add $14,272 List Price Solid Surface Top - Add $12,132 List Price LA-11024CR1 Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Door - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert - Add $620 List Price) HS) Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Clear Glass Inserts and Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $745 List Price Slide Out Equipment Rack Options - Must specify (PT) No Slide Out Equipment Rack - Standard - No Upcharge (PU) Slide Out Rack Rail System - Add $1,999 List Price (PX) Slide Out Shelving System - Add $2,114 List Price must specify wood, granite, or solid surface top option optional glass ledge optional slide out rack rail or slide out shelving system Shown with (HS) All Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Clear Glass Inserts Shown with (HW) Aluminum Frame Center Doors Only w/ Clear Glass Inserts 1 pair of doors in center must specify door option 1 adjustable shelf behind center pair of doors 4 box drawers, 2 wide box drawers and 2 lateral file drawers letter or legal filing 1 cutlery tray insert 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents Shown with (HY) Aluminum Frame End Doors Only w/ Clear Glass Inserts weight (lbs.) 382 cubic ft. 67 top thickness:.75" unfinished back - inset 2" to allow for wire management must specify wood, granite, or solid surface top option. optional glass ledge optional slide out rack rail or slide out shelving system $10,947 Slide Out Rack Rail System Slide Out Shelving System Note: If optional slide out rack rail or slide out shelving system is specified, the option will replace the shelf behind center pair of doors. Also, cutout is machined in credenza back to allow access to wall receptacle. Note: Additional Slide Out Equipment Rack components are available at Note: When specifying wood or frosted glass doors, adjustable shelves will be wood. When specifying clear glass doors, adjustable shelves will be glass. Note: Item weights are based on wood top. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see page 60). Note: Optional glass ledge cannot be used in media panel or media wall applications w w w. o f s. c o m 41

43 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Top 4. Glass Ledge 5. Door 6. Slide Out Equipment Rack LA-11024CR3 MCC KWG LV HC PT Model Number Finish Top Ledge Door Slide Out Equipment Rack credenzas See page 12 for finish and top options. edge glass ledge option (NR) No Glass Ledge - Standard - No Upcharge (LV) Glass Ledge - Add $2,711 List Price door options item model description w d h Door/Multi-Drawer Credenza Top Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Top - No Upcharge Granite Top - Add $14,272 List Price Solid Surface Top - Add $12,132 List Price LA-11024CR2 1 pair of doors on each end must specify door weight (lbs.) 389 option cubic ft adjustable shelf behind top thickness:.75" each pair of doors 2 box drawers, 1 wide box drawer, and 1 lateral file drawer 1 cutlery tray insert letter or legal filing 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents unfinished back - inset 2" to allow for wire management Door Options - Must specify must specify wood, granite or solid surface top option (HC) All Wood Doors - No Upcharge (HR) All Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Frosted Glass Inserts - optional glass ledge Add $1,242 List Price optional slide out rack rail or slide out shelving system (HS) All Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Clear Glass Inserts and Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $1,489 List Price Slide Out Equipment Rack Options - Must specify (PT) No Slide Out Equipment Rack - Standard - No Upcharge (PV) Slide Out Rack Rail System on Right - Add $1,999 List Price (PW) Slide Out Rack Rail System on Left - Add $1,999 List Price (PY) Slide Out Shelving System on Right - Add $2,114 List Price (PZ) Slide Out Shelving System on Left - Add $2,114 List Price $ 9,804 Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert Aluminum Frame Door w/ Clear Glass Insert slide out equipment rack option Slide Out Rack Rail System Door Credenza Shown with (HC) All Wood Doors Top Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Top - No Upcharge Granite Top - Add $14,272 List Price Solid Surface Top - Add $12,132 List Price LA-11024CR3 1 pair of doors on each end and 1 pair of doors in center must specify door option 1 adjustable shelf behind each pair of doors 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accents unfinished back - inset 2" to allow for wire management weight (lbs.) 397 cubic ft. 67 top thickness:.75" must specify wood, granite or solid surface top option optional glass ledge optional slide out rack rail or slide out shelving system Door Options - Must specify (HC) All Wood Doors - No Upcharge (HR) All Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Frosted Glass Inserts - Add $1,862 List Price (HS) All Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Clear Glass Inserts and Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $2,234 List Price (HV) Aluminum Frame Center Pair of Doors Only w/ Frosted Glass Inserts - Add $620 List Price (HW) Aluminum Frame Center Pair of Doors Only w/ Clear Glass Inserts and Adj. Glass Shelf - Add $745 List Price (HX) Aluminum Frame End Pairs of Doors Only w/ Frosted Glass Inserts - Add $1,242 List Price (HY) Aluminum Frame End Pairs of Doors Only w/ Clear Glass Inserts And Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $1,489 List Price $ 8,811 Slide Out Shelving System Slide Out Equipment Rack Options - Must specify (PT) No Pullout Rack Rail - Standard - No Upcharge (PV) Slide Out Rack Rail System on Right - Add $1,999 List Price (QC) Slide Out Rack Rail System Center - Add $1,999 List Price (PW) Slide Out Rack Rail System on Left - Add $1,999 List Price (PY) Slide Out Shelving System on Right - Add $2,114 List Price (QD) Slide Out Shelving System Center - Add $2,114 List Price (PZ) Slide Out Shelving System on Left - Add $2,114 List Price Shown with (HS) All Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Clear Glass Inserts Shown with (HW) Aluminum Frame Center Pair of Doors Only w/ Clear Glass Inserts Shown with (HY) Aluminum Frame End Pairs of Doors Only w/ Clear Glass Inserts Note: If optional slide out rack rail or slide out shelving system is specified, the option will replace the shelf behind center pair of doors. Also, cutout is machined in credenza back to allow access to wall receptacle. Note: Additional Slide Out Equipment Rack components are available at Note: When specifying wood or frosted glass doors, adjustable shelves will be wood. When specifying clear glass doors, adjustable shelves will be glass. Note: Item weights are based on wood top. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see page 60). Note: Optional glass ledge cannot be used in media panel or media wall applications w w w. o f s. c o m

44 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Door LA-1980LSC MCC HC Model Number Finish Door See page 12 for finish options. storage cabinets door option Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert Aluminum Frame Door w/ Clear Glass Insert item model description w d h Left Hinge Storage Cabinet LA-1980LSC left hinged doors must specify door option unfinished back back is inset 2" to allow for wire management weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft " dia. half tubular aluminum accent between doors Upper Section: 2 adjustable shelves and 1 stationary wood shelf Bottom Section: 1 adjustable shelf and 1 stationary wood shelf Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Top & Bottom Doors - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors - Add $745 List Price (HS) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors (Light in Top Section Only) and Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $838 List Price (HT) Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top Door & Wood Bottom Door - Add $435 List Price (HU) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top Door And Adj. Glass Shelves & Wood Bottom Door (Light in Top Section Only) - Add $466 List Price (HZ) Wood Top Door & Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Bottom Door - Add $310 List Price (JA) Wood Top Door & Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Bottom Door and Adj. Glass Shelf - Add $372 List Price $ 4,224 Right Hinge Storage Cabinet LA-1980RSC right hinged doors must specify door option unfinished back back is inset 2" to allow for wire management Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Top & Bottom Doors - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors - Add $745 List Price weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft " dia. half tubular aluminum accent between doors Upper Section: 2 adjustable shelves and 1 stationary wood shelf Bottom Section: 1 adjustable shelf and 1 stationary wood shelf (HS) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors (Light in Top Section Only) and Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $838 List Price (HT) Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top Door & Wood Bottom Door - Add $435 List Price (HU) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top Door And Adj. Glass Shelves & Wood Bottom Door (Light in Top Section Only) - Add $466 List Price (HZ) Wood Top Door & Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Bottom Door - Add $310 List Price (JA) Wood Top Door & Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Bottom Door and Adj. Glass Shelf - Add $372 List Price $ 4,224 Door Storage Cabinet LA-3780DCD Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Top & Bottom Doors - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors - Add $1,489 List Price (HS) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors (Light in Top Section Only) and Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $1,675 List Price must specify door option unfinished back back is inset 2" to allow for wire management weight (lbs.) 189 cubic ft " dia. half tubular aluminum accent between doors Upper Section: 2 adjustable shelves 1 stationary wood shelf Bottom Section: 1 adjustable shelf 1 stationary wood shelf (HT) Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top Doors & Wood Bottom Doors - Add $868 List Price (HU) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top Doors And Adj. Glass Shelves & Wood Bottom Doors (Light in Top Section Only) - Add $932 List Price (HZ) Wood Top Doors & Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Bottom Doors - Add $620 List Price (JA) Wood Top Doors & Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Bottom Doors and Adj. Glass Shelves - Add $745 List Price $ 5,910 Note: When specifying wood or frosted glass doors, adjustable shelves will be wood. When specifying clear glass doors, adjustable shelves will be glass. Note: Lights in top section for HS and HU door options are UL ed w w w. o f s. c o m 43

45 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Top (LA-3780DCO Only) 4. Door LA-3780DCO MCC KWG HC Model Number Finish Top Door LA-1988LSC MCC HC Model Number Finish Door See page 12 for finish and top options. open display case and storage cabinets edge for LA-3780DCO door option Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert item model description w d h Open Display Case Top Options - Must specify (see page 12) Wood Top - No Upcharge Granite Top - Add $2,595 List Price Solid Surface Top - Add $2,203 List Price LA-3780DCO must specify door option unfinished back back is inset 2" to allow for wire management Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Doors - No Upcharge (HZ) Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Bottom Doors - Add $620 List Price (JA) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Bottom Doors and Adj. Glass Shelf - Add $745 List Price weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft " dia. half tubular aluminum accent above doors must specify wood, granite or solid surface top option Upper Section: 2 stationary glass display shelves Bottom Section: 1 adjustable shelf and 1 stationary wood shelf $ 5,261 Aluminum Frame Door w/ Clear Glass Insert Note: Item weights are based on wood top. Weights will increase by weight of options specified (see page 60). Left Hinge Storage Cabinet LA-1988LSC left hinged doors must specify door option unfinished back back is inset 2" to allow for wire management weight (lbs.) 155 cubic ft " dia. half tubular aluminum accent between doors Upper Section: 3 adjustable shelves and 1 stationary wood shelf Bottom Section: 1 adjustable shelf and 1 stationary wood shelf Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Top & Bottom Doors - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors - Add $745 List Price (HS) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors and Adj. Glass Shelves (Light in Top Section) - Add $838 List Price (HT) Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top Door & Wood Bottom Door - Add $435 List Price (HU) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top Door And Adj. Glass Shelves & Wood Bottom Door (Light in Top Section Only) - Add $466 List Price (HZ) Wood Top Door & Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Bottom Door - Add $310 List Price (JA) Wood Top Door & Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Bottom Door and Adj. Glass Shelf - Add $372 List Price $ 4,722 Right Hinge Storage Cabinet LA-1988RSC right hinged doors must specify door option unfinished back back is inset 2" to allow for wire management weight (lbs.) 155 cubic ft " dia. half tubular aluminum accent between doors Upper Section: 3 adjustable shelves and 1 stationary wood shelf Bottom Section: 1 adjustable shelf and 1 stationary wood shelf Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Top & Bottom Doors - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors - Add $745 List Price (HS) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors and Adj. Glass Shelves (Light in Top Section) - Add $838 List Price (HT) Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top Door & Wood Bottom Door - Add $435 List Price (HU) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top Door And Adj. Glass Shelves & Wood Bottom Door (Light in Top Section Only) - Add $466 List Price (HZ) Wood Top Door & Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Bottom Door - Add $310 List Price (JA) Wood Top Door & Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Bottom Door and Adj. Glass Shelf - Add $372 List Price $ 4,722 Note: When wood or frosted glass doors are specified, adjustable shelves will be wood. When specifying clear glass doors, adjustable shelves will be glass. Note: Lights in top section for HS and HU door options are UL ed w w w. o f s. c o m

46 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Door 4. TV Swivel Shelf (LA-4288TVC Only) 5. Slide Out Equipment Rack (LA-4288TVC Only) LA-4288TVC MCC HC QF PT Model Number Finish Door Swivel Slide Out Shelf Equipment Rack See page 12 for finish options. storage cabinets door option Aluminum Frame Door w/ Frosted Glass Insert Aluminum Frame Door w/ Clear Glass Insert tv swivel shelf option (QE) No TV Swivel Shelf - Standard - No Upcharge item model description w d h TV Storage Cabinet LA-4288TVC Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Top & Bottom Doors - No Upcharge (HZ) Wood Top Doors & Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Bottom Doors - Add $620 List Price (JA) Wood Top Doors & Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Bottom Doors and Adj. Glass Shelf - Add $745 List Price Slide Out Equipment Rack Options - Must specify (PT) No Slide Out Equipment Rack - Standard - No Upcharge (PU) Slide Out Rack Rail System - Add $1,999 List Price (PX) Slide Out Shelving System - Add $2,114 List Price must specify door option unfinished back back is inset 2" to allow for wire management 1.5" dia. half tubular aluminum accent between doors Upper Section: 180 hinged wood doors only 1 adjustable wood shelf weight (lbs.) 324 cubic ft. 74 VCR shelf inside dimensions: 32.5"w x 25.5"d x 6"h vented back inside dimensions: 40.5"w x 25.5"d x 36.25"h optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV "w x 16"d x 3"h; 125 lbs. maximum load; factory installed Bottom Section: 1 adjustable shelf and 1 stationary wood shelf 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommet optional slide out rack rail or slide out shelving system - if specified, the option will replace the shelf behind bottom pair of doors. Also, cutout is machined in cabinet back to allow access to wall receptacle. $ 6,327 (QF) TV Swivel Shelf - Add $383 List Price slide out equipment rack option Slide Out Rack Rail System Door Storage Cabinet LA-4288DCD must specify door option unfinished back back is inset 2" to allow for wire management weight (lbs.) 308 cubic ft " dia. half tubular aluminum accent between doors Upper Section: 3 adjustable shelves and 1 stationary wood shelf Bottom Section: 1 adjustable shelf and 1 stationary wood shelf Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Top & Bottom Doors - No Upcharge (HR) Aluminum Frame Doors w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors - Add $1,489 List Price (HS) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top & Bottom Doors and Adj. Glass Shelves (Light in Top Section) - Add $1,675 List Price (HT) Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top Door & Wood Bottom Door - Add $868 List Price (HU) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top Door And Adj. Glass Shelves & Wood Bottom Door (Light in Top Section Only) - Add $932 List Price (HZ) Wood Top Doors & Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Bottom Door - Add $620 List Price (JA) Wood Top Doors & Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Bottom Door and Adj. Glass Shelf - Add $745 List Price $ 6,158 Slide Out Shelving System Multi-Drawer Storage Cabinet LA-4288DCF must specify door option unfinished back back is inset 2" to allow for wire management weight (lbs.) 343 cubic ft " dia. half tubular aluminum accent between doors Upper Section: 3 adjustable shelves and 1 stationary wood shelf Bottom Section: 2 box drawers, 1 wide box drawer, and 1 lateral file drawer letter or legal filing Door Options - Must specify (HC) Wood Doors - No Upcharge (HT) Aluminum Frame w/ Frosted Glass Insert Top Doors - Add $868 List Price (HU) Aluminum Frame w/ Clear Glass Insert Top Doors and Adj. Glass Shelves (Light in Top Section Only) - Add $932 List Price Note: When specifying wood or frosted glass doors, adjustable shelves will be wood. When specifying clear glass doors, adjustable shelves will be glass. Note: Additional Slide Out Equipment Rack components are available at Note: Lights in top section for HS and HU door options are UL ed. $ 6, w w w. o f s. c o m 45

47 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Glass Camera Shelf (LA-7352MP Only) 4. TV Mount (LA-7352MP Only) LA-7352MP MCC QJ QG Model Number Finish Shelf TV Mount See page 12 for finish options. media panels tv mount option for LA-7352MP only (QG) No TV Mount - Standard - No Upcharge item model description w d h Media Panel With Camera Shelf Option (QJ) No Glass Camera Shelf Standard - No Upcharge LA-7352MP media panel is placed on top of 73"W credenza and mounts to 88"H storage cabinets on each end weight (lbs.) 126 cubic ft. 19 fits most flat panel TVs up to 42" (TV not included) maximum height for flat panel TV: 30.5" optional.375" thick glass camera shelf: 7.875" optional TV mount - field installed $ 1,520 (QH) TV Mount - Add $1,862 List Price (QK) Optional Glass Camera Shelf Add $477 List Price Media Panel With 2 Glass Display Shelves LA-7352DSP media panel is placed on top of 73"W credenza and mounts to 88"H storage cabinets on each end 2 stationary glass display shelves align with shelves on LA-3780DCO open display cabinet weight (lbs.) 141 cubic ft. 19 $ 2,521 Media Panel With 3 Glass Display Shelves LA-7352SP media panel is placed on top of 73"W credenza and mounts to 88"H storage cabinets on each end 3 stationary glass display shelves; distance between shelves is "; clearance under bottom shelf 12.25" weight (lbs.) 156 cubic ft. 19 $ 3, w w w. o f s. c o m

48 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Edge (LA-11828CW Only) 4. Light 5. Projection Screen for Bulkhead: LA-11024BH MCC NV QM Model Number Finish Light Projection Screen bulkhead & crowns for wall units for Crown: LA-11828CW MCC NT NV QM Model Number Finish Edge Light Projection Screen See page 12 for finish options. light option (NV) No Lights - Standard - No Upcharge (NX) Lights - Add $431 List Price remote control projection screen option item model description w d h Bulkhead LA-11024BH use on 73" wide credenzas with two " wide storage cabinets finished on left, front and right sides three optional recessed halogen lights - UL ed optional 50" x 50" electric projection screen with remote control and 10' power cord - UL ed weight (lbs.) 39 cubic ft. 18 $ 2,175 (QM) No Remote Control Projection Screen - Standard - No Upcharge (QL) Remote Control Projection Screen - Add $3,682 List Price crown edge option (NT) Curve (NU) Reed Crown (NT) Curve Edge LA-11828CW (NU) Reed Edge use on 73" wide credenzas with two " wide storage cabinets finished on left, front and right sides must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option three optional recessed halogen lights - UL ed optional 50" x 50" electric projection screen with remote control and 10' power cord - UL ed weight (lbs.) 41 cubic ft. 22 $ 3, w w w. o f s. c o m 47

49 Launch to order 2. Finish LA-1924BH MCC Model Number Finish See page 12 for finish options. bulkheads item model description w d h Bulkhead LA-1924BH fits on " wide storage cabinets finished on left, front and right sides weight (lbs.) 7 cubic ft. 4 $ 391 Left Bulkhead LA-1924BHL fits on " wide storage cabinets finished on front and left side weight (lbs.) 7 cubic ft. 4 $ 391 Right Bulkhead LA-1924BHR fits on " wide storage cabinets finished on front and right side weight (lbs.) 7 cubic ft. 4 $ 391 Bulkhead LA-3724BH use on LA-3780DCD finished on left, front and right sides weight (lbs.) 11 cubic ft. 7 $ 770 Left Bulkhead LA-3724BHL use on LA-3780DCD finished on front and left side weight (lbs.) 11 cubic ft. 7 $ 770 Right Bulkhead LA-3724BHR use on LA-3780DCD finished on front and right side weight (lbs.) 11 cubic ft. 7 $ w w w. o f s. c o m

50 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Light (37 1 4"w Units Only) LA-3719BH MCC NV Model Number Finish Light LA-4229BH Model Number MCC Finish See page 12 for finish options. credenzas light option for LA-3719BH, LA-3719BHL, & LA-3719BHR only (NV) No Lights - Standard - No Upcharge item model description w d h Bulkhead LA-3719BH use on LA-3780DCO $ 709 finished on left, front and weight (lbs.) 10 right sides two optional recessed halogen lights - UL ed cubic ft. 6 (NX) Lights - Add $187 List Price Left Bulkhead LA-3719BHL use on LA-3780DCO finished on front and left side two optional recessed halogen lights - UL ed weight (lbs.) 10 cubic ft. 6 $ 709 Right Bulkhead LA-3719BHR use on LA-3780DCO finished on front and right side two optional recessed halogen lights - UL ed weight (lbs.) 10 cubic ft. 6 $ 709 Bulkhead LA-4229BH fits on 42" wide storage cabinets finished on left, front and right sides weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 9 $ 1, w w w. o f s. c o m 49

51 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Edge LA-2628CW MCC NT Model Number Finish Edge See page 12 for finish options. crowns crown edge option (NT) Curve item model description w d h Crown LA-2628CW fits on " wide storage cabinets finished on left, front and right sides must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option weight (lbs.) 8 cubic ft. 6 $ 807 (NU) Reed (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge Left Crown LA-2228CWL fits on " wide storage cabinets finished on front and left side must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option weight (lbs.) 8 cubic ft. 5 $ 807 (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge Right Crown LA-2228CWR fits on " wide storage cabinets finished on front and right side must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option weight (lbs.) 8 cubic ft. 5 $ 807 (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge Crown LA-4528CW use on LA-3780DCD finished on left, front and right sides must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 9 $ 1,583 (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge Left Crown LA-4128CWL use on LA-3780DCD finished on front and left side must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 8 $ 1,583 (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge Right Crown LA-4128CWR use on LA-3780DCD finished on front and right side must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 8 $ 1,583 (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge w w w. o f s. c o m

52 Launch to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Light (LA-4523CW, LA-4123CWL, LA-4123CWR Only) LA-4523CW MCC NT NV Model Number Finish Edge Light crowns for Crown: LA-5033CW MCC NT Model Number Finish Edge See page 12 for finish options. crown edge option (NT) Curve item model description w d h Crown LA-4523CW use on LA-3780DCO finished on left, front and right sides must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option two optional recessed halogen lights - UL ed weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 8 $ 1,489 (NU) Reed (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge light option for LA-4523CW, LA-4123CWL, & LA-4123CWR only (NV) No Lights - Standard - No Upcharge (NX) Lights - Add $187 List Price Left Crown (NT) Curve Edge Right Crown (NU) Reed Edge LA-4123CWL LA-4123CWR use on LA-3780DCO finished on front and left side must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option two optional recessed halogen lights - UL ed use on LA-3780DCO finished on front and right side must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option two optional recessed halogen lights - UL ed weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,489 $ 1,489 (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge Crown LA-5033CW fits on 42" wide storage cabinets finished on left, front and right sides must specify (NT) curve or (NU) reed edge option weight (lbs.) 14 cubic ft. 11 $ 1,675 (NT) Curve Edge (NU) Reed Edge w w w. o f s. c o m 51

53 Launch to order See pages referenced under description of individual items for ordering information. configurations item model description w d h Wall Unit consists of: (1) LA-1980LSC (Left Hinge Storage Cabinet) Total Unit Dimensions see page weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft. 27 $ 4,224 (1) LA-4288DCF (Multi-Drawer Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 343 cubic ft. 74 $ 7,656 (1) LA-1980RSC (Right Hinge Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft. 27 $ 4,224 Unit Total $16,104 Wall Unit consists of: (1) LA-1980LSC (Left Hinge Storage Cabinet) Total Unit Dimensions see page weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft. 27 $ 4,659 (1) LA-2228CWL (Left Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 8 cubic ft. 5 $ 807 (1) LA-4288TVC (TV Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 324 cubic ft. 74 $ 6,327 (1) LA-5033CW (Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 14 cubic ft. 11 $ 1,675 (1) LA-1980RSC (Right Hinge Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft. 27 $ 4,659 (1) LA-2228CWR (Right Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 8 cubic ft. 5 $ 807 Unit Total 18, w w w. o f s. c o m

54 Launch to order See pages referenced under description of individual items for ordering information. configurations edge item model description w d h Wall Unit consists of: (1) LA-3780DCO (Open Display Case) Total Unit Dimensions see page weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft. 47 $ 5,261 (1) LA-3719BHL (Left Bulkhead) see page weight (lbs.) 10 cubic ft. 6 $ 709 (1) LA-4288DCD (Door Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 308 cubic ft. 74 $ 7,647 (1) LA-4229BH (Bulkhead) see page weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 9 $ 1,045 (1) LA-3780DCO (Open Display Case) see page weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft. 47 $ 5,261 (1) LA-3719BHR (Right Bulkhead) see page weight (lbs.) 10 cubic ft. 6 $ 709 Unit Total $20,632 Wall Unit consists of: (1) LA-3780DCD (Door Storage Cabinet) Total Unit Dimensions see page weight (lbs.) 189 cubic ft. 47 $ 6,778 (1) LA-4128CWL (Left Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 8 $ 1,583 (1) LA-4288TVC (TV Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 324 cubic ft. 74 $ 6,327 (1) LA-5033CW (Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 14 cubic ft. 11 $ 1,675 (1) LA-3780DCD (Door Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 189 cubic ft. 47 $ 6,778 (1) LA-4128CWR (Right Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 8 $ 1,583 Unit Total $24, w w w. o f s. c o m 53

55 Launch to order See pages referenced under description of individual items for ordering information. configurations edge item model description w d h Wall Unit consists of: (1) LA-1988LSC (Left Hinge Storage Cabinet) Total Unit Dimensions see page weight (lbs.) 155 cubic ft. 29 $ 4,722 (1) LA-7324CR1 (Door/Drawer Credenza) see page weight (lbs.) 324 cubic ft. 45 $ 5,089 (1) LA-7352MP (Media Panel) see page weight (lbs.) 126 cubic ft. 19 $ 1,520 (1) LA-1988RSC (Right Hinge Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 155 cubic ft. 29 $ 4,722 (1) LA-11024BH (Bulkhead) see page weight (lbs.) 39 cubic ft. 18 $ 2,175 Unit Total $18, w w w. o f s. c o m

56 Launch to order See pages referenced under description of individual items for ordering information. configurations edge item model description w d h Wall Unit consists of: (1) LA-3780DCO (Open Display Case) Total Unit Dimensions see page weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft. 47 $ 5,881 (1) LA-4123CWL (Left Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,489 (1) LA-1988LSC (Left Hinge Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 155 cubic ft. 29 $ 5,157 (1) LA-7324CR2 (Door/Multi-Drawer Credenza) see page weight (lbs.) 329 cubic ft. 45 $ 5,275 (1) LA-7352MP (Media Panel With Camera Shelf) see page weight (lbs.) 126 cubic ft. 19 $ 1,997 (1) LA-1988RSC (Right Hinge Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 155 cubic ft. 29 $ 5,157 (1) LA-11828CW (Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 41 cubic ft. 22 $ 3,438 (1) LA-3780DCO (Open Display Case) see page weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft. 47 $ 5,881 (1) LA-4123CWR (Right Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,489 Unit Total $35, w w w. o f s. c o m 55

57 Launch to order See pages referenced under description of individual items for ordering information. configurations edge item model description w d h Wall Unit consists of: (1) LA-3780DCO (Open Display Case) Total Unit Dimensions see page weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft. 47 $ 5,881 (1) LA-4123CWL (Left Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,489 (1) LA-1988LSC (Left Hinge Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 155 cubic ft. 29 $ 5,157 (1) LA-7324CR3 (Door Credenza) see page weight (lbs.) 315 cubic ft. 45 $ 4,467 (1) LA-7352DSP (Media Panel With Glass Display Shelves) see page weight (lbs.) 141 cubic ft. 19 $ 2,521 (1) LA-1988RSC (Right Hinge Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 155 cubic ft. 29 $ 5,157 (1) LA-11828CW (Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 41 cubic ft. 22 $ 3,438 (1) LA-3780DCO (Open Display Case) see page weight (lbs.) 140 cubic ft. 47 $ 5,881 (1) LA-4123CWR (Right Crown) see page weight (lbs.) 12 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,489 Unit Total $35, w w w. o f s. c o m

58 Launch to order See pages referenced under description of individual items for ordering information. configurations edge item model description w d h Wall Unit consists of: (1) LA-1988LSC (Left Hinge Storage Cabinet) Total Unit Dimensions see page weight (lbs.) 155 cubic ft. 29 $ 4,722 (1) LA-7324CR3 (Door Credenza) see page weight (lbs.) 315 cubic ft. 45 $ 5,087 (1) LA-7352SP (Media Panel With 3 Glass Shelves) see page weight (lbs.) 156 cubic ft. 19 $ 3,047 (1) LA-1988RSC (Right Hinge Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 155 cubic ft. 29 $ 4,722 (1) LA-11024BH (Bulkhead) see page weight (lbs.) 39 cubic ft. 18 $ 2,175 Unit Total $19,753 Wall Unit consists of: (1) LA-4288DCD (Door Storage Cabinet) Total Unit Dimensions see page weight (lbs.) 308 cubic ft. 74 $ 7,026 (1) LA-11024CR1 (Door/Multi-Drawer Credenza) see page weight (lbs.) 382 cubic ft. 67 $10,947 (1) LA-11052MWR (Media Wall Recessed TV) see page weight (lbs.) 270 cubic ft. 76 $19,603 (1) LA-4288DCD (Door Storage Cabinet) see page weight (lbs.) 308 cubic ft. 74 $ 7,026 Unit Total $44, w w w. o f s. c o m 57

59 Launch to order 145C5EU-BK Model Number power supply inserts item model description w d h Power Supply Inserts SME Black Quickport Single-Gang Plate $ BE Black Blank Adapter Plate (BL-BK) $ RE 2 Port RCA Module (2RCA-BK) UL ed $ HDE HD-15 VGA Insert Module Female-to-Female (15PIN-BK) UL ed $ ME 1-Port Quickport Insert Module For MT-RJ Connector $ QE 2-Port Quickport Adapter Insert Module (RJ-45 Double) $ 5 5G108RE5 RJ-45 Black Insert Module (RJ-45 Single) UL ed $ BER Quick Port RCA Connector UL ed $ SVE Quickport Black S-Video-110 Snap-In Connector UL ed $ 26 5G108RE5D RJ-45 Black Insert Module (RJ-45 Double) $ SIS Single 3.5mm (.125 ) Audio Insert Module Connector (Almond) $ w w w. o f s. c o m

60 Launch Weight Specifications Boat-Shaped Conference Tops Squircle-Shaped Conference Tops Hospitality Cart Lectern Note: Item weights are based on wood options being specified. Weights will increase by weight of options specified. See below for weights to add based on options specified. BOAT-SHAPED CONFERENCE TOPS solid surface solid surface model wood electrical/data ends inserts granite ends granite inserts LA-10850CT1 318 lbs. 18 lbs. LA-13552CT1 438 lbs. 24 lbs. LA-16254CT1 592 lbs. 30 lbs. LA-18956CT1 704 lbs. 35 lbs. LA-21658CT1 814 lbs. 42 lbs. LA-24358CT1 925 lbs. 48 lbs. LA-10850CT2 318 lbs. 18 lbs. 73 lbs. 269 lbs. LA-13552CT2 438 lbs. 24 lbs. 73 lbs. 269 lbs. LA-16254CT2 592 lbs. 30 lbs. 73 lbs. 269 lbs. LA-18956CT2 704 lbs. 35 lbs. 73 lbs. 269 lbs. LA-21658CT2 814 lbs. 42 lbs. 73 lbs. 269 lbs. LA-24358CT2 925 lbs. 48 lbs. 73 lbs. 269 lbs. LA-10850CT3 336 lbs. 73 lbs. 20 lbs. 269 lbs. 74 lbs. LA-13552CT3 462 lbs. 73 lbs. 30 lbs. 269 lbs. 111 lbs. LA-16254CT3 622 lbs. 73 lbs. 40 lbs. 269 lbs. 148 lbs. LA-18956CT3 739 lbs. 73 lbs. 50 lbs. 269 lbs. 185 lbs. LA-21658CT3 856 lbs. 73 lbs. 60 lbs. 269 lbs. 222 lbs. LA-24358CT3 973 lbs. 73 lbs. 70 lbs. 269 lbs. 259 lbs. LA-10850CT4 336 lbs. 73 lbs. 14 lbs. 269 lbs. 52 lbs. LA-13552CT4 462 lbs. 73 lbs. 21 lbs. 269 lbs. 78 lbs. LA-16254CT4 622 lbs. 73 lbs. 28 lbs. 269 lbs. 104 lbs. LA-18956CT4 739 lbs. 73 lbs. 35 lbs. 269 lbs. 130 lbs. LA-21658CT4 856 lbs. 73 lbs. 42 lbs. 269 lbs. 156 lbs. LA-24358CT4 973 lbs. 73 lbs. 49 lbs. 269 lbs. 182 lbs. SQUIRCLE-SHAPED CONFERENCE TOPS solid surface graphite model wood electrical/data center insert center insert EDB LA-48SQT 120 lbs. 8 lbs. LA-60SQT 210 lbs. 11 lbs. 40 lbs. 12 lbs. LA-72SQT 245 lbs. 16 lbs. 57 lbs. 32 lbs. HOSPITALITY CART solid surface granite model wood undershelf undershelf LA-3620HC 140 lbs. 27 lbs. 98 lbs. LECTERN solid surface granite model wood decorative shelf decorative shelf LA-48LE 152 lbs. 17 lbs. 44 lbs w w w. o f s. c o m 59

61 Launch Weight Specifications Credenzas Open Display Case Note: Item weights are based on wood options being specified. Weights will increase by weight of options specified. See below for weights to add based on options specified. CREDENZAS solid surface granite model wood top top LA-5424CR1 274 lbs. 35 lbs. 129 lbs. LA-5424CR2 269 lbs. 35 lbs. 129 lbs. LA-5424CR3 262 lbs. 35 lbs. 129 lbs. LA-7324CR1 324 lbs. 47 lbs. 171 lbs. LA-7324CR2 329 lbs. 47 lbs. 171 lbs. LA-7324CR3 315 lbs. 47 lbs. 171 lbs. LA-11024CR1 382 lbs. 70 lbs. 257 lbs. LA-11024CR2 389 lbs. 70 lbs. 257 lbs. LA-11024CR3 397 lbs. 70 lbs. 257 lbs. OPEN DISPLAY CASE solid surface granite model wood top top LA-3780DCO 140 lbs. 12 lbs. 45 lbs w w w. o f s. c o m

62 Meeting Room veneer Exposed surfaces are number one select cherry, walnut, maple or oak veneers. Optional sketch face veneer patterns are available on some conference table tops. Select straight and quarter grain patterns are used overall to maintain consistency between individual units. Contour and CT5 edge profile tops are number one select cherry or maple veneers. tops Conference tops utilize 5-ply construction with mitered corners. High pressure laminate tops are 3-ply construction with.050 thickness for high impact resistance. Tables are profiled on all sides. Two-piece conference tops are joined together with wooden dowels. Under-top mending plates and butterfly bolts ensure permanent connection. 3mm edges on " thick tops utilize 3-ply construction with externally banded hardwood. Launch edge profile and Contour edge profile tops are " thick utilizing 3-ply construction. CT5 edge profile tops are 1.5" thick utilizing 5-ply construction. bases Bases are attached to tops using support panels and wood screws. Wire access doors for cylinder bases are 2" from the bottom. See pages for base options. assembly Structural joints are secured by 16-gauge steel angle brackets and wood glue blocks. Adjustable levelers feature insert nuts to prevent glide tear out. finish The patented Euroluxe finish is a chemically re-engineered Urethane clear coat that preserves the beautiful depth and clarity of OFS finishes, but allows for much greater performance with chemical and scratch resistance, as well as the complete elimination of dangerous formaldehyde emissions. The Euroluxe finish system achieves indoor air quality standards set by LEED and BIFMA furniture emission standards and allows all products to achieve GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certification by the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute. SilverBan technology is an antimicrobial utilizing silver ions infused into the Euroluxe wood finish for antimicrobial protection on all exposed wood surfaces. SilverBan inhibits the growth of mold, mildew, fungus and bacteria on wood surfaces, as well as odors caused by bacterial growth, by 99.99%

63 Meeting Room w o o d f i n i s h e s l a m i n a t e f i n i s h e s Cherry Finishes: Matte Gloss Crescent Cherry MCC CCC Grand Cherry MGC GCC Light Cherry MLC LCC Natural Cherry MNC NCC Sable/Cherry MSC GSC Walnut Finishes: American Walnut MAW AWW Cherry: Light Cherry Laminate Walnut: English Walnut Laminate Executive Walnut Laminate Natural Walnut Laminate Mahogany: Formal Mahogany/Cherry Laminate Vintage Mahogany/Cherry Laminate Vintage Mahogany/Walnut Laminate Maple: Light Maple Laminate Oak: Steel Grey on Oak Laminate CHP MEP EWP NWP MFP VCP VMP LMP STP English Walnut (Quartered) *MGW Executive Walnut MEW EWW Note: EK edge profile is not available in laminate Legacy Walnut MLW LWW Natural Walnut (Quartered) *MNW Sable/Walnut MSW GSW Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry MFC FMC Formal Mahogany/Walnut MFW FMW Vintage Mahogany/Cherry MVC VMC Vintage Mahogany/Walnut MVW VMW Maple Finishes: Honey Maple MHM HMM Light Maple MLM LMM Natural Maple MNM NMM Oak Finishes: Chestnut Oak (Quartered) Clear Oak (Quartered) Espresso Oak (Quartered) European Oak (Quartered) Steel Grey on Oak (Quartered) *MCO *MRO *MSO *MUO *MGO *Note: Quartered veneers are not available on items with solid hardwood trim. Represents Arrival Day 12 finishes 62

64 Quick Reference Guide Coordinating Edges for OFS Casegoods edge profiles coordinating casegoods series Contour Denali Endura Impulse G2 Offerings Praxis EF EH DT " thick DR DS DU EK EL DM " thick 3mm edges DQ DN DP contour edge DW AA 1.5 thick AB AC AD " thick 3mm edges A7J A7K AE 63 63

65 Meeting Room edge profiles coordinating casegoods series Contour Denali Endura Impulse G2 Offerings Praxis EM EN thick thick thick thick thick thick EQ ER H1R edge profiles EG EJ EP ES ET coordinating casegoods series Bridgeport Classic Executive I Legacy 64

66 Meeting Room Our unsurpassed conference offering includes an array of top shapes and sizes, numerous base styles, some with wire management capabilities, edge choices that complement our casegoods, and distinct veneer patterns. Available in cherry, walnut, maple or oak wood species. top shapes Four top shapes are available in sizes ranging from 36" diameter to 48" x 192" rectangular. round rectangular boat-shaped racetrack grain patterns Some tops are available in a choice of straight, long, sketch border, or sunburst veneer grain patterns. Below are the options available on each top shape. round tops rectangular tops boat-shaped tops racetrack tops Straight Grain Long Grain Long Grain Long Grain Sketch Border Sketch Border Sunburst laminate insert tops Four top shapes are available in sizes ranging from 36" diameter to 48" x 192" rectangular. round square rectangular racetrack 65 65

67 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes Edges: Sierra(EG) or Radius(DU) wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT1-36-4G MHM EH QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges Square(EF) Sierra(EG) item model description w d h " Thick Round Tops round lumber banded edge; EK cutback edge is not lumber banded 1 piece top 1 base required straight grain tops available in laminate sketch border and sunburst not available in oak or laminate Concave(EH) 36" Dia. CT1-36-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 45 cubic ft. 4 $ 1,662 Transitional(DT) 42" Dia. CT1-42-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 60 cubic ft. 5 $ 1,827 Galiant(EJ) CT1-42-4B (Sketch Border) $ 2,880 Bevel(DR) CT1-42-4S (Sunburst) $ 2,656 Reed(DS) 48" Dia. CT1-48-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 75 cubic ft. 7 $ 2,239 Radius(DU) CT1-48-4B (Sketch Border) $ 3,409 Launch(EK) 2 Knife (Not available in laminate) CT1-48-4S (Sunburst) $ 3,100 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " Dia. CT1-60-4G (Straight Grain) CT1-60-4B (Sketch Border) seats weight (lbs.) 107 cubic ft. 10 $ 3,443 $ 5,258 No Power Cutout(QR) For Power Cutout centered over base(qv) CT1-60-4S (Sunburst) $ 5,181 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability. Note: All round conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight w w w. o f s. c o m

68 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: MCC, MGC, MLC, MNC, MSC, MFC OR MVC Edge: Flair(DQ) wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT2-36-4G MHM DM QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges Bead(DM) item model description w d h " Thick Round Tops, 3mm Edge round 3mm edge 1 piece top 1 base required straight grain tops available in laminate sketch border and sunburst not available in oak or laminate Flair(DQ) Square(DN) 36" Dia. CT2-36-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 45 cubic ft. 4 $ 1,031 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " Dia. CT2-42-4G (Straight Grain) CT2-42-4B (Sketch Border) seats weight (lbs.) 60 cubic ft. 5 $ 1,277 $ 2,596 No Power Cutout(QR) CT2-42-4S (Sunburst) $ 2,393 For Power Cutout centered over base(qv) 48" Dia. CT2-48-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 75 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,609 CT2-48-4B (Sketch Border) $ 3,243 CT2-48-4S (Sunburst) $ 2, " Dia. CT2-60-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 107 cubic ft. 10 $ 2,381 CT2-60-4B (Sketch Border) $ 4,733 CT2-60-4S (Sunburst) $ 4,331 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability. Note: All round conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight w w w. o f s. c o m 67

69 Meeting Room wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry on Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry on Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry on Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry on Cherry (MNC) Sable on Cherry (MSC) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany on Cherry (MFC) Vintage Mahogany on Cherry (MVC) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple on Maple (MHM) Light Maple on Maple (MLM) Natural Maple on Maple (MNM) to order 2. Finish 3. Power Cutout 99-36RT MCC QR Model Number Finish Power Cutout contour edge item model description w d h " Thick Round Tops, Contour Edge round impact-resistant edge straight grain 1 piece top 1 base required power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " Dia RT seats weight (lbs.) 54 cubic ft. 4 $ 841 No Power Cutout(QR) For Power Cutout centered over base(qv) 42" Dia RT seats weight (lbs.) 72 cubic ft. 5 $ " Dia RT seats weight (lbs.) 90 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,120 54" Dia RT seats weight (lbs.) 108 cubic ft. 8 $ 1, " Dia RT seats weight (lbs.) 128 cubic ft. 10 $ 1,767 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability. Note: All round conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight w w w. o f s. c o m

70 Meeting Room round laminate insert tops standard laminates OFS wood grain laminates are available at standard prices. Light Cherry Laminate (CHP) English Walnut Laminate (MEP) Executive Walnut Laminate (EWP) Natural Walnut Laminate (NWP) Formal Mahogany/Cherry Laminate (MFP) Vintage Mahogany/Cherry Laminate (VCP) Vintage Mahogany/Walnut Laminate (VMP) Light Maple Laminate (LMP) Steel Grey on Oak Laminate (STP) other laminates For other laminates, including Wilsonart, Nevamar, and Pionite laminates, contact your Customer Service Representative for price and availability. custom finish match Custom finish color matching is available for special requirements. See Finish Characteristics on Page 3 for ordering information. to order 2. Laminate Vendor 3. Laminate Color 4. Edge Finish 5. Edge Shape 6. Power Cutout CTX4G-36 Wilson Art MLC EF QR Model Laminate Laminate Edge Edge Power Number Vendor Color Finish Shape Cutout See Page 62 for Finish Options. edges Square(EF) item model description w d h " Thick Round Tops external lumber banded top laminate insert 1 piece top 1 base required Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) 36" Dia. CTX4G-36 seats weight (lbs.) 45 cubic ft. 4 $ 1,506 Radius(DU) 42" Dia. CTX4G-42 seats weight (lbs.) 60 cubic ft. 5 $ 1,642 Bullnose(EL) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " Dia. CTX4G-48 seats weight (lbs.) 75 cubic ft. 7 $ 2,053 No Power Cutout(QR) For Power Cutout centered over base(qv) 54" Dia. CTX4G-54 seats weight (lbs.) 90 cubic ft. 8 $ 2, " Dia. CTX4G-60 seats weight (lbs.) 107 cubic ft. 10 $ 3,238 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability. Note: All round conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight w w w. o f s. c o m 69

71 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Worksurface Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT5-36RT MLC DW QR Model Worksurface Edge Power Number Finish Cutout edges Ace(DW) item model description w d h 1.5" Thick Round Tops round lumber banded edge 1 piece top 1 base required available in straight grain only available in laminate Bay(AA) Index(AB) 36" Dia. CT5-36RT seats weight (lbs.) 55 cubic ft. 4 $ 1,827 Radius(AC) Reed(AD) 42" Dia. CT5-42RT seats weight (lbs.) 74 cubic ft. 5 $ 2,157 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " Dia. CT5-48RT seats weight (lbs.) 93 cubic ft. 7 $ 2,574 No Power Cutout(QR) For Power Cutout centered over base(qv) 54" Dia. CT5-54RT seats weight (lbs.) 111 cubic ft. 8 $ 3, " Dia. CT5-60RT seats weight (lbs.) 132 cubic ft. 10 $ 3,737 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability. Note: All round conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight w w w. o f s. c o m

72 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT6-36RT MLC AA QR Model Finish Edge Power Number Cutout edges Bay(AA) item model description w d h 1.5" Thick Round Tops round lumber banded edge solid hardwood rims are finished to match worksurface veneer species 1 piece top 1 base required available in laminate Index(AB) Radius(AC) 36" Dia. CT6-36RT seats weight (lbs.) 55 cubic ft. 4 $ 1,827 Reed(AD) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " Dia. CT6-42RT seats weight (lbs.) 74 cubic ft. 5 $ 2,157 No Power Cutout(QR) For Power Cutout centered over base(qv) 48" Dia. CT6-48RT seats weight (lbs.) 93 cubic ft. 7 $ 2,574 54" Dia. CT6-54RT seats weight (lbs.) 111 cubic ft. 8 $ 3, " Dia. CT6-60RT seats weight (lbs.) 132 cubic ft. 10 $ 3,737 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability. Note: All round conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight w w w. o f s. c o m 71

73 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT7-36-4G MLC A7J QR Model Finish Edge Power Number Cutout edges Bead(A7J) item model description w d h " Thick Round Tops, 3mm Edge round 3mm edge 1 piece top 1 base required straight grain tops available in laminate sketch border and sunburst not available in oak or laminate Flair(A7K) Square(AE) 36" Dia. CT7-36-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 55 cubic ft. 4 $ 1,135 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " Dia. CT7-42-4G (Straight Grain) CT7-42-4B (Sketch Border) seats weight (lbs.) 74 cubic ft. 5 $ 1,405 $ 2,855 No Power Cutout(QR) For Power Cutout centered over base(qv) CT7-42-4S (Sunburst) $ 2,633 48" Dia. CT7-48-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 93 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,770 CT7-48-4B (Sketch Border) $ 3,568 CT7-48-4S (Sunburst) $ 3, " Dia. CT7-60-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 132 cubic ft. 10 $ 2,618 CT7-60-4B (Sketch Border) $ 5,206 CT7-60-4S (Sunburst) $ 4,764 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability. Note: All round conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight w w w. o f s. c o m

74 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT3-36-4G MHM EM QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges 1.875" Radius(EM) item model description w d h 1.875" Thick Round Tops round lumber banded edge 1 piece top 1 base required straight grain tops available in laminate sketch border and sunburst not available in oak or laminate 1.875" Square(EN) 36" Dia. CT3-36-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 47 cubic ft. 4 $ 1, " Sierra(EP) 42" Dia. CT3-42-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 63 cubic ft. 5 $ 2, " Bevel(EQ) CT3-42-4B (Sketch Border) $ 3,250 CT3-42-4S (Sunburst) $ 2, " Reed(ER) 1.875" Corona(H1R) 48" Dia. CT3-48-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 79 cubic ft. 7 $ 2,574 power cutout CT3-48-4B (Sketch Border) $ 3,648 Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page 120. CT3-48-4S (Sunburst) $ 3,324 No Power Cutout(QR) For Power Cutout centered over base(qv) 59.5" Dia. CT3-60-4G (Straight Grain) seats weight (lbs.) 112 cubic ft. 10 $ 3,737 CT3-60-4B (Sketch Border) $ 5,753 CT3-60-4S (Sunburst) $ 5,481 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability. Note: All round conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight w w w. o f s. c o m 73

75 Meeting Room to order CT1G-35 Model Number item model description w d h CT1G-35 rounded tempered clear $ 653 glass top weight (lbs.) 77 high polished chrome base cubic ft w w w. o f s. c o m

76 Meeting Room square laminate insert tops standard laminates OFS wood grain laminates are available at standard prices. Light Cherry Laminate (CHP) English Walnut Laminate (MEP) Executive Walnut Laminate (EWP) Natural Walnut Laminate (NWP) Formal Mahogany/Cherry Laminate (MFP) Vintage Mahogany/Cherry Laminate (VCP) Vintage Mahogany/Walnut Laminate (VMP) Light Maple Laminate (LMP) Steel Grey on Oak Laminate (STP) other laminates For other laminates, including Wilsonart, Nevamar, and Pionite laminates, contact your Customer Service Representative for price and availability. custom finish match Custom finish color matching is available for special requirements. See Custom Finishes on Page 3 for ordering information. to order 2. Laminate Vendor 3. Laminate Color 4. Edge Finish 5. Edge Shape 6. Power Cutout CTX5G-36 Wilson Art MLC EF QR Model Laminate Laminate Edge Edge Power Number Vendor Color Finish Shape Cutout See Page 62 for Finish Options. edges Square(EF) item model description w d h " Thick Square Tops external lumber banded top laminate insert 1 piece top 1 base required Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) 36" x 36" CTX5G-36 seats weight (lbs.) 47 cubic ft. 4 $ 1,246 Radius(DU) 42" x 42" CTX5G-42 seats weight (lbs.) 63 cubic ft. 5 $ 1,450 Bullnose(EL) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 48" CTX5G-48 seats weight (lbs.) 78 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,670 No Power Cutout(QR) For Power Cutout centered over base(qv) 54" x 54" CTX5G-54 seats weight (lbs.) 94 cubic ft. 8 $ 2, " x 59.5" CTX5G-60 seats weight (lbs.) 112 cubic ft. 10 $ 2,736 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 75

77 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes Edges: Sierra(EG) or Radius(DU) wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MHM EH QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges Square(EF) item model description w d h " Thick Rectangular Tops rectangular lumber banded edge; EK cutback edge is not lumber banded available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) Sierra(EG) Concave(EH) 72" x 36" CT G (Long Grain) seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 114 cubic ft. 9 $ 2,077 Transitional(DT) Galiant(EJ) 96" x 42" CT G (Long Grain) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 157 cubic ft. 13 $ 3,028 Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) 120" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 234 cubic ft. 20 $ 5,191 Radius(DU) 144" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 284 cubic ft. 24 $ 5,935 Launch(EK) 2 Knife (Not available in laminate) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 307 cubic ft. 26 $ 6,849 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 330 cubic ft. 30 $ 7,883 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

78 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MHM DM QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges Bead(DM) item model description w d h " Thick Rectangular Tops, 3mm Edge rectangular 3mm edge available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) Flair(DQ) Square(DN) 72" x 36" CT G (Long Grain) seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 114 cubic ft. 9 $ 1,646 Kerf(DP) power cutout 96" x 42" CT G (Long Grain) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 157 cubic ft. 13 $ 2,568 Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page 120. No Power Cutout(QR) 120" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 234 cubic ft. 20 $ 3,866 To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 284 cubic ft. 24 $ 4, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 307 cubic ft. 26 $ 5, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 330 cubic ft. 30 $ 6,105 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 77

79 Meeting Room wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry on Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry on Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry on Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry on Cherry (MNC) Sable on Cherry (MSC) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany on Cherry (MFC) Vintage Mahogany on Cherry (MVC) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple on Maple (MHM) Light Maple on Maple (MLM) Natural Maple on Maple (MNM) to order 2. Finish 3. Power Cutout RT MCC QR Model Number Finish Power Cutout contour edge item model description w d h " Thick Rectangular Tops, Contour Edge rectangular impact-resistant edge long grain power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 36" RT seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 137 cubic ft. 9 $ 1,263 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 42" RT seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 188 cubic ft. 13 $ 2, " x 48" RT seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 281 cubic ft. 20 $ 2, " x 48" RT seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 341 cubic ft. 24 $ 3, " x 48" RT seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 368 cubic ft. 26 $ 4, " x 48" RT seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 396 cubic ft. 30 $ 4,734 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

80 Meeting Room rectangular laminate insert tops standard laminates OFS wood grain laminates are available at standard prices. Light Cherry Laminate (CHP) English Walnut Laminate (MEP) Executive Walnut Laminate (EWP) Natural Walnut Laminate (NWP) Formal Mahogany/Cherry Laminate (MFP) Vintage Mahogany/Cherry Laminate (VCP) Vintage Mahogany/Walnut Laminate (VMP) Light Maple Laminate (LMP) Steel Grey on Oak Laminate (STP) other laminates For other laminates, including Wilsonart, Nevamar, and Pionite laminates, contact your Customer Service Representative for price and availability. custom finish match Custom finish color matching is available for special requirements. See Custom Finishes on Page 3 for ordering information. to order 2. Laminate Vendor 3. Laminate Color 4. Edge Finish 5. Edge Shape 6. Power Cutout CTX1G-7236 Wilson Art MLC EF QR Model Laminate Laminate Edge Edge Power Number Vendor Color Finish Shape Cutout See Page 62 for Finish Options. edges Square(EF) item model description w d h " Thick Rectangular Tops external lumber banded top laminate insert Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) 72" x 36" CTX1G-7236 seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 114 cubic ft. 9 $ 1,821 Radius(DU) 96" x 42" CTX1G-9642 seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 157 cubic ft. 13 $ 2,586 Bullnose(EL) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 48" CTX1G seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 234 cubic ft. 20 $ 4,870 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CTX1G seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 284 cubic ft. 24 $ 5,472 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 79

81 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT5-7236RT MLC DW QR Model Finish Edge Power Number Cutout edges Ace(DW) item model description w d h 1.5" Thick Rectangular Tops rectangular lumber banded edge available in long grain only available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) cannot be used with PS-11 power supplies on pages Bay(AA) Index(AB) 72" x 36" CT5-7236RT seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 141 cubic ft. 9 $ 2,239 Radius(AC) Reed(AD) 96" x 42" CT5-9642RT seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 194 cubic ft. 13 $ 3,404 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 48" CT RT seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 290 cubic ft. 20 $ 5,644 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT RT seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 352 cubic ft. 24 $ 6, " x 48" CT RT seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 381 cubic ft. 26 $ 7, " x 48" CT RT seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 409 cubic ft. 30 $ 8,511 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

82 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MLC A7J QR Model Finish Edge Power Number Cutout edges Bead(A7J) item model description w d h " Thick Rectangular Tops, 3mm Edge rectangular 3mm edge long grain available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) Flair(A7K) Square(AE) 72" x 36" CT G seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 141 cubic ft. 9 $ 1,811 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 42" CT G seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 194 cubic ft. 13 $ 2,825 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT G seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 290 cubic ft. 20 $ 4, " x 48" CT G seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 352 cubic ft. 24 $ 4, " x 48" CT G seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 381 cubic ft. 26 $ 5, " x 48" CT G seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 409 cubic ft. 30 $ 6,716 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 81

83 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MHM EM QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges item model description w d h 1.875" Thick Rectangular Tops rectangular lumber banded edge available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) 1.875" Radius(EM) 1.875" Square(EN) 72" x 36" CT G (Long Grain) seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 118 cubic ft. 9 $ 2, " Sierra(EP) 1.875" Bevel(EQ) 96" x 42" CT G (Long Grain) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 162 cubic ft. 13 $ 3, " Reed(ER) 120" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 238 cubic ft. 20 $ 5, " Corona(H1R) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page 120. No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" 168" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 289 cubic ft weight (lbs.) 313 cubic ft. 26 $ 6,390 $ 7, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 337 cubic ft. 30 $ 8,511 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

84 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G EWW ES QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges item model description w d h 3.75"(ES) or 3.625"(ET) Thick Rectangular Tops rectangular lumber banded edge available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) 3.75" Sierra(ES) 3.625" Galiant(ET) 72" x 36" CT G (Long Grain) seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top ES=3.75 weight (lbs.) 122 ET=3.625 cubic ft. 9 $ 2,367 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 42" CT G (Long Grain) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top ES=3.75 weight (lbs.) 168 ET=3.625 cubic ft. 13 $ 3,651 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces ES=3.75 weight (lbs.) 243 ET=3.625 cubic ft. 20 $ 5, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces ES=3.75 weight (lbs.) 294 ET=3.625 cubic ft. 24 $ 6, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces ES=3.75 weight (lbs.) 320 ET=3.625 cubic ft. 26 $ 7, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces ES=3.75 weight (lbs.) 344 ET=3.625 cubic ft. 30 $ 8,681 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 83

85 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes Edges: Sierra(EG) or Radius(DU) wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MHM EH QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges Square(EF) item model description w d h " Thick Boat-Shaped Tops boat-shaped lumber banded edge; EK cutback edge is not lumber banded available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) sketch border not available in oak or laminate Sierra(EG) Concave(EH) 96" x 42" CT G (Long Grain) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 154 cubic ft. 13 $ 4,150 CT B (Sketch Border) $ 6,065 Transitional(DT) Galiant(EJ) 120" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 228 cubic ft. 20 $ 5,743 CT B (Sketch Border) $ 7,880 Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) 144" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 278 cubic ft. 24 $ 6,641 CT B (Sketch Border) $ 9,518 Radius(DU) Launch(EK) 2 Knife (Not available in laminate) 168" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 301 cubic ft. 26 $ 7,468 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 324 cubic ft. 30 $ 8,714 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page 119. See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

86 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MHM DM QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges Bead(DM) item model description w d h " Thick Boat-Shaped Tops, 3mm Edge boat-shaped 3mm edge available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) sketch border not available in oak or laminate Flair(DQ) Square(DN) 96" x 42" CT G (Long Grain) CT B (Sketch Border) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 154 cubic ft. 13 $ 2,757 $ 5,408 Kerf(DP) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 48" 144" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) CT B (Sketch Border) CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 228 cubic ft weight (lbs.) 278 cubic ft. 24 $ 4,240 $ 7,549 $ 4,904 No Power Cutout(QR) CT B (Sketch Border) $ 8,877 To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 301 cubic ft. 26 $ 5, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 324 cubic ft. 30 $ 6,606 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 85

87 Meeting Room wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry on Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry on Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry on Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry on Cherry (MNC) Sable on Cherry (MSC) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany on Cherry (MFC) Vintage Mahogany on Cherry (MVC) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple on Maple (MHM) Light Maple on Maple (MLM) Natural Maple on Maple (MNM) to order 2. Finish 3. Power Cutout BT MCC QR Model Number Finish Power Cutout contour edge item model description w d h " Thick Boat-Shaped Tops, Contour Edge boat-shaped impact-resistant edge long grain power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 42" BT seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 185 cubic ft. 13 $ 2,104 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" BT seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 274 cubic ft. 20 $ 3, " x 48" BT seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 334 cubic ft. 24 $ 3, " x 48" BT seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 361 cubic ft. 26 $ 4, " x 48" BT seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 389 cubic ft. 30 $ 4,908 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

88 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT5-9642BT MLC DW QR Model Finish Edge Power Number Cutout edges Ace(DW) item model description w d h 1.5" Thick Boat-Shaped Tops boat-shaped lumber banded edge available in long grain only available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) cannot be used with PS-11 power supplies on pages Bay(AA) Index(AB) 96" x 42" CT5-9642BT seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 190 cubic ft. 13 $ 4,688 Radius(AC) Reed(AD) 120" x 48" CT BT seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 282 cubic ft. 20 $ 6,226 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 48" CT BT seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 344 cubic ft. 24 $ 7,055 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT BT seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 373 cubic ft. 26 $ 8, " x 48" CT BT seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 401 cubic ft. 30 $ 9,422 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 87

89 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MHM A7J QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges Bead(A7J) item model description w d h " Thick Boat-Shaped Tops, 3mm Edge boat-shaped 3mm edge available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) sketch border not available in oak or laminate Flair(A7K) Square(AE) 96" x 42" CT G (Long Grain) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 190 cubic ft. 13 $ 3,033 power cutout CT B (Sketch Border) $ 5,950 Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 282 cubic ft. 20 $ 4,664 No Power Cutout(QR) CT B (Sketch Border) $ 8,305 To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 344 cubic ft. 24 $ 5,394 CT B (Sketch Border) $ 9, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 373 cubic ft. 26 $ 6, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 401 cubic ft. 30 $ 7,266 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

90 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MHM EM QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges 1.875" Radius(EM) item model description w d h 1.875" Thick Boat-Shaped Tops boat-shaped lumber banded edge available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) sketch border not available in oak or laminate 1.875" Square(EN) 96" x 42" CT G (Long Grain) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 158 cubic ft. 13 $ 4, " Sierra(EP) CT B (Sketch Border) $ 6, " Bevel(EQ) 120" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 233 cubic ft. 20 $ 6,226 CT B (Sketch Border) $ 8, " Reed(ER) 144" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 283 cubic ft. 24 $ 7, " Corona(H1R) CT B (Sketch Border) $10,093 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page 120. No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" 192" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) CT G (Long Grain) seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 307 cubic ft weight (lbs.) 331 cubic ft. 30 $ 8,137 $ 9,422 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 89

91 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes Edges: Sierra(ES) wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge (ES only) 4. Power Cutout CT G EWW ES QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges item model description w d h 3.75" Thick Boat-Shaped Tops boat-shaped lumber banded edge available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) sketch border not available in oak or laminate 3.75" Sierra(ES) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 42" CT G (Long Grain) CT B (Sketch Border) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 162 cubic ft. 13 $ 4,688 $ 6,553 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) CT B (Sketch Border) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 238 cubic ft. 20 $ 6,226 $ 8, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 288 cubic ft. 24 $ 7,138 CT B (Sketch Border) $10, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 313 cubic ft. 26 $ 8, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 338 cubic ft. 30 $ 9,753 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

92 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes Edges: Sierra(EG) or Radius(DU) wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MHM EH QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges Square(EF) item model description w d h " Thick Racetrack Tops racetrack lumber banded edge; EK cutback edge is not lumber banded available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) Sierra(EG) Concave(EH) 72" x 36" CT G (Long Grain) seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 105 cubic ft. 9 $ 2,574 Transitional(DT) Galiant(EJ) 96" x 42" CT G (Long Grain) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 152 cubic ft. 13 $ 4,027 Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) 120" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 224 cubic ft. 20 $ 5,191 Radius(DU) 144" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 274 cubic ft. 24 $ 6,436 Launch(EK) 2 Knife (Not available in laminate) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page 120. No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" 192" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) CT G (Long Grain) seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 297 cubic ft weight (lbs.) 320 cubic ft. 30 $ 7,265 $ 8,300 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 91

93 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MHM DM QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges Bead(DM) item model description w d h " Thick Racetrack Tops, 3mm Edge racetrack 3mm edge available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) Flair(DQ) Square(DN) 72" x 36" CT G (Long Grain) seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 105 cubic ft. 9 $ 1,802 Kerf(DP) power cutout 96" x 42" CT G (Long Grain) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 152 cubic ft. 13 $ 2,787 Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page 120. No Power Cutout(QR) 120" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 224 cubic ft. 20 $ 4,332 To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 274 cubic ft. 24 $ 4, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 297 cubic ft. 26 $ 5, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 320 cubic ft. 30 $ 6,699 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

94 Meeting Room wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry on Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry on Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry on Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry on Cherry (MNC) Sable on Cherry (MSC) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany on Cherry (MFC) Vintage Mahogany on Cherry (MVC) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple on Maple (MHM) Light Maple on Maple (MLM) Natural Maple on Maple (MNM). to order 2. Finish 3. Power Cutout AT MCC QR Model Number Finish Power Cutout contour edge item model description w d h " Thick Racetrack Tops, Contour Edge racetrack impact-resistant edge long grain power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 36" AT seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 126 cubic ft. 9 $ 1,332 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 42" AT seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 182 cubic ft. 13 $ 2, " x 48" AT seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 269 cubic ft. 20 $ 3, " x 48" AT seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 329 cubic ft. 24 $ 3, " x 48" AT seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 356 cubic ft. 26 $ 4, " x 48" AT seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 384 cubic ft. 30 $ 4,908 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 93

95 Meeting Room racetrack laminate insert tops standard laminates OFS wood grain laminates are available at standard prices. Light Cherry Laminate (CHP) English Walnut Laminate (MEP) Executive Walnut Laminate (EWP) Natural Walnut Laminate (NWP) Formal Mahogany/Cherry Laminate (MFP) Vintage Mahogany/Cherry Laminate (VCP) Vintage Mahogany/Walnut Laminate (VMP) Light Maple Laminate (LMP) Steel Grey on Oak Laminate (STP) other laminates For other laminates, including Wilsonart, Nevamar, and Pionite laminates, contact your Customer Service Representative for price and availability. custom finish match Custom finish color matching is available for special requirements. See Custom Finishes on Page 3 for ordering information. to order 2. Laminate Vendor 3. Laminate Color 4. Edge Finish 5. Edge Shape 6. Power Cutout CTX3G-7236 Wilson Art MLC EF QR Model Laminate Laminate Edge Edge Power Number Vendor Color Finish Shape Cutout See Page 62 for Finish Options. edges Square(EF) item model description w d h " Thick Racetrack Tops external lumber banded top laminate insert Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) 72" x 36" CTX3G-7236 seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 105 cubic ft. 9 $ 2,435 Radius(DU) 96" x 42" CTX3G-9642 seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 152 cubic ft. 13 $ 3,420 Bullnose(EL) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 48" CTX3G seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 224 cubic ft. 20 $ 4,994 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CTX3G seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 274 cubic ft. 24 $ 6,020 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

96 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT5-7236AT MLC DW QR Model Finish Edge Power Number Cutout edges Ace(DW) item model description w d h 1.5" Thick Racetrack Tops racetrack lumber banded edge available in long grain only available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) cannot be used with PS-11 power supplies on pages Bay(AA) Index(AB) 72" x 36" CT5-7236AT seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 130 cubic ft. 9 $ 3,028 Radius(AC) Reed(AD) 96" x 42" CT5-9642AT seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 188 cubic ft. 13 $ 4,442 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 48" CT AT seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 277 cubic ft. 20 $ 5,935 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT AT seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 339 cubic ft. 24 $ 7, " x 48" CT AT seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 368 cubic ft. 26 $ 7, " x 48" CT AT seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 397 cubic ft. 30 $ 9,212 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 95

97 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MLC A7J QR Model Finish Edge Power Number Cutout edges Bead(A7J) item model description w d h " Thick Racetrack Tops, 3mm Edge racetrack 3mm edge available in long grain only available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) Flair(A7K) Square(AE) 72" x 36" CT G seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 130 cubic ft. 9 $ 1,984 power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page " x 42" CT G seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 188 cubic ft. 13 $ 3,066 No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" CT G seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 277 cubic ft. 20 $ 4, " x 48" CT G seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces weight (lbs.) 339 cubic ft. 24 $ 5, " x 48" CT G seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 368 cubic ft. 26 $ 6, " x 48" CT G seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 397 cubic ft. 30 $ 7,368 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m

98 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Power Cutout CT G MHM EM QR Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout edges item model description w d h 1.875" Thick Racetrack Tops racetrack lumber banded edge available with grain matched laminate top up to 12' only (laminate available in larger sizes without grain match) 1.875" Radius(EM) 1.875" Square(EN) 72" x 36" CT G (Long Grain) seats 6 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 109 cubic ft. 9 $ 3, " Sierra(EP) 1.875" Bevel(EQ) 96" x 42" CT G (Long Grain) seats 8 2 bases required 1 piece top weight (lbs.) 156 cubic ft. 13 $ 4, " Reed(ER) 120" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 10 3 bases required 2-5' pieces weight (lbs.) 228 cubic ft. 20 $ 5, " Corona(H1R) power cutout Options are for cutout opening only. Grommets and power supplies must be ordered separately. See page 120. No Power Cutout(QR) To order power cutout, select location. See page " x 48" 168" x 48" CT G (Long Grain) CT G (Long Grain) seats 12 3 bases required 2-6' pieces seats 14 3 bases required 2-7' pieces weight (lbs.) 279 cubic ft weight (lbs.) 303 cubic ft. 26 $ 7,055 $ 7, " x 48" CT G (Long Grain) seats 16 3 or 4 bases required; see page ' pieces weight (lbs.) 327 cubic ft. 30 $ 9,212 See pages for base options. See page 120 for power supply and base applicability w w w. o f s. c o m 97

99 Meeting Room Our conference offering includes numerous base choices to complement our tops. For easy selection of bases we have compiled this quick reference guide of compatible bases with tops. After base is selected see pages for specifications and ordering. base options for round and square tops Note: All round and square conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight. 36" tops CB-F CB-L CBD-Q CB-T CB-04 CB-06 CBM-07 MXB-32 MX4-30 MCB-23 (for round tops) MCB-28 (for square tops) MLX-1 MLC-1 CHB-01 CHB-02 42" and 48" tops 2 bases shown CB-A (2 Qty.) CBH-F CB-L CB-M CB-Q CB-R CB-T CB-3V CBH-04 CBH-06 CBM-07 MXB-32 (for 42" tops) TSX38 (for 48" tops) MX4-30 (for 42" tops) MX4-38 (for 48" tops) MCB-23 (for 42" round tops) MCB-28 (for 42" square & 48" round tops) MLX-1 MLC w w w. o f s. c o m

100 Meeting Room Our conference offering includes numerous base choices to complement our tops. For easy selection of bases we have compiled this quick reference guide of compatible bases with tops. After base is selected see pages for specifications and ordering. base options for round and square tops Note: All round and square conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight. 54" and 59 1/2" tops 2 bases shown CB-A (2 Qty.) CBU-F CB-L CBU-M CBU-Q CBU-R CB-T CB-3V CBU-04 CBU-06 MX4-38 TSX38 (for 54" round and square tops) MCB-28 (for 54" round tops) MLX-1 MLC-1 99

101 Meeting Room Our conference offering includes numerous base choices to complement our tops. For easy selection of bases we have compiled this quick reference guide of compatible bases with tops. After base is selected see pages for specifications and ordering. base options for rectangular, boat-shaped and racetrack tops (bases inset 20") 72" x 36" tops CBD-B (2 Qty.) 18" between bases CBD-S (2 Qty.) 27.75" between bases CBD-U (2 Qty.) " between bases CBD-Y (2 Qty.) 28.75" between bases CB-01 (2 Qty.) 20.5" between bases CB-02 (2 Qty.) 17" between bases MTB2 (2 Qty.) 31" between bases MCB-23 (2 Qty.) (for rectangular and racetack tops) 5" between bases 96" x 42" tops CB-A (2 Qty.) " between bases CB-B (2 Qty.) 30.5" between bases CB-C (2 Qty.) " between bases CB-D (2 Qty.) " between bases CB-24EB (2 Qty.) 41.25" between bases CB-S (2 Qty.) 43.75" between bases CB-U (2 Qty.) " between bases CB-2V (2 Qty.) " between bases CB-Y (2 Qty.) 44.75" between bases CB-01 (2 Qty.) 36.5" between bases CB-02 (2 Qty.) 33" between bases CB-03 (2 Qty.) 35" between bases CBH-03 (2 Qty.) 25" between bases CB-05 (2 Qty.) 33.25" between bases CBH-05 (2 Qty.) 23.25" between bases CB-11 (2 Qty.) 36.25" between bases MTB2 (2 Qty.) 47" between bases MCB-23 (2 Qty.) 21" between bases 100

102 Meeting Room Our conference offering includes numerous base choices to complement our tops. For easy selection of bases we have compiled this quick reference guide of compatible bases with tops. After base is selected see pages for specifications and ordering. base options for rectangular, boat-shaped and racetrack tops (bases inset 20") 120" x 48" and 144" x 48" tops CB-A (2 Qty.) + CB-D Base 28" between bases (120) 40" between bases (144) CB-B (2 Qty.) + CB-Y Base 26" between bases (120) 38" between bases (144) CB-C (2 Qty.) + CB-D Base 27.75" between bases (120) 39.75" between bases (144) CB-D (3 Qty.) " between bases (120) " between bases (144) CB-24EB (3 Qty.) " between bases (120) " between bases (144) CB-S (3 Qty.) " between bases (120) " between bases (144) CB-U (3 Qty.) " between bases (120) " between bases (144) CB-2V (2 Qty.) + CB-U Base " between bases (120) " between bases (144) CB-Y (3 Qty.) " between bases (120) " between bases (144) CB-01 (2 Qty.) + CB-02 Base " between bases (120) " between bases (144) CB-02 (3 Qty.) 23.5" between bases (120) 35.5" between bases (144) CB-03 (3 Qty.) 25.5" between bases (120) 37.5" between bases (144) CB-03 (2 Qty.) + CBH-03 Base 21" between bases (120) 33" between bases (144) CB-05 (3 Qty.) 23.75" between bases (120) 35.75" between bases (144) CB-05 (2 Qty.) + CBH-05 Base 19.25" between bases (120) 31.25" between bases (144) CB-11 (3 Qty.) 26.75" between bases (120) 38.75" between bases (144) MTB2 (3 Qty.) 34.5" between bases (120) 46.5" between bases (144) MCB-28 (3 Qty.) 6" between bases (120) 18" between bases (144) 120" x 48" tops only 144" x 48" tops only CB-B (2 Qty.) + CBH-F Base " between bases (120) CB-B (2 Qty.) + CBU-F Base 29.25" between bases (144) CBH-03 (3 Qty.) 24" between bases (144) CBH-05 (3 Qty.) 22.25" between bases (144) 101

103 Meeting Room Our conference offering includes numerous base choices to complement our tops. For easy selection of bases we have compiled this quick reference guide of compatible bases with tops. After base is selected see pages for specifications and ordering. base options for rectangular, boat-shaped and racetrack tops (bases inset 20") 168" x 48" tops CB-A (2 Qty.) + CB-D Base 52" between bases CB-B (2 Qty.) + CBH-F Base 41.25" between bases CB-B (2 Qty.) + CB-Y Base 50" between bases CB-C (2 Qty.) + CB-D Base 51.75" between bases CB-D (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-24EB (3 Qty.) " between bases CBH-F (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-L (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-M (3 Qty.) 33" between bases CB-Q (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-R (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-S (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-T (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-U (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-2V (2 Qty.) + CB-U Base " between bases CB-Y (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-01 (2 Qty.) + CB-02 Base " between bases CB-02 (3 Qty.) 47.5" between bases CB-03 (3 Qty.) 49.5" between bases CB-03 (2 Qty.) + CBH-03 Base 45" between bases CBH-03 (3 Qty.) 36" between bases CBH-04 (3 Qty.) 27.5" between bases CB-05 (3 Qty.) 47.75" between bases CB-05 (2 Qty.) + CBH-05 Base 43.25" between bases CBH-05 (3 Qty.) 34.25" between bases CBH-06 (3 Qty.) 25.75" between bases CB-11 (3 Qty.) 50.75" between bases CBM-07 (3 Qty.) " between bases MTB2 (4 Qty.) " between bases MCB-28 (3 Qty.) 30" between bases 102

104 Meeting Room Our conference offering includes numerous base choices to complement our tops. For easy selection of bases we have compiled this quick reference guide of compatible bases with tops. After base is selected see pages for specifications and ordering. base options for rectangular, boat-shaped and racetrack tops (bases inset 20") 192" x 48" tops CB-A (2 Qty.) + CB-D Base (2 Qty.) 41" between bases CB-B (2 Qty.) + CB-Y Base (2 Qty.) 40" between bases CB-C (2 Qty.) + CB-D Base (2 Qty.) 41" between bases CB-D (4 Qty.) 44.75" between bases CB-24EB (4 Qty.) 41.75" between bases CBH-F (3 Qty.) " between bases CBU-F (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-L (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-M (3 Qty.) 45" between bases CBU-M (3 Qty.) 37.5" between bases CB-Q (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-R (3 Qty.) " between bases CBU-R (3 Qty.) 35.25" between bases CB-S (4 Qty.) 44.25" between bases CB-T (3 Qty.) " between bases CB-U (4 Qty.) 44" between bases CB-2V (2 Qty.) + CB-U Base (2 Qty.) 45.25" between bases CB-Y (4 Qty.) 45.25" between bases CB-01 (2 Qty.) + CB-02 Base (2 Qty.) " between bases CB-02 (4 Qty.) " between bases CB-03 (4 Qty.) " between bases CBH-03 (3 Qty.) 48" between bases CBH-04 (3 Qty.) 39.5" between bases CBU-04 (3 Qty.) 37.5" between bases CB-05 (4 Qty.) 37.5" between bases CBH-05 (3 Qty.) 46.25" between bases CBH-06 (3 Qty.) 37.75" between bases CBU-06 (3 Qty.) 34.75" between bases CB-11 (4 Qty.) " between bases CBM-07 (3 Qty.) " between bases MTB2 (4 Qty.) " between bases MCB-28 (3 Qty.) 42" between bases 103

105 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish 3. Wire access door (CBD-B and CB-B Only) CB-B MHM RA Model Number Finish Access Door wire access door option No wire access door(ra) item model description w d h Curved Base CB-A black vein line, no brass $ 1,329 weight (lbs.) 35 overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top cubic ft. 7 With wire access door(rb) Add $156 List Price Note: For round and square conference table tops: 2 bases are required. Cannot be used with 36" round, 36" square or 72 x 36 conference table tops. For conference table tops where 3 or 4 bases are required, order (2) CB-A for the end bases and CB-D for the center base(s). Half Round Base for 6' tops only CBD-B overall height w/ top weight (lbs.) 35 arm clearance: cubic ft " top " top " top " x 8" wire access door option $ 999 Half Round Base CB-B overall height w/ top weight (lbs.) 41 arm clearance: cubic ft " top " top " top " x 8" wire access door option $ 1,111 Note: Cannot be used with conference table tops less than 8' in length. For conference table tops where 3 or 4 bases are required, order (2) CB-B for the end bases and CB-Y for the center base(s). U-Shaped Base CB-C black vein line, no brass center black metal panel overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top weight (lbs.) 95 cubic ft. 7 $ 1,444 Note: Cannot be used with conference table tops less than 8' in length. For conference table tops where 3 or 4 bases are required, order (2) CB-C for the end bases and CB-D for the center base(s). Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch w w w. o f s. c o m

106 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish CB-D MHM Model Number Finish item model description w d h Single Panel Base CB-D black vein line, no brass $ 1,224 weight (lbs.) 60 overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management cubic ft. 5 Note: Cannot be used with conference table tops less than 8' in length. Ellipse Base CB-24EB veneer ellipse base overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top weight (lbs.) 50 cubic ft. 5 $ 1,211 Note: Cannot be used with conference table tops less than 8' in length. Small Cylinder Base for 36" Tops CB-F veneer overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top-28 notches in top for pass-thru wire management weight (lbs.) 88 cubic ft. 12 $ 1,111 Note: Use with 36" round and 36" square conference table tops only. Note: All round and square conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides dry sand in clear 6ml bags with CB-F base w w w. o f s. c o m Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch. 105

107 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish 3. Wire access door (CBH-F and CBU-F Only) CBH-F MHM RA Model Number Finish Access Door wire access door option No wire access door(ra) With wire access door(rb) Add $156 List Price item model description w d h Cylinder Base CBH-F veneer cylinder base $ 1,167 weight (lbs.) 55 overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management cubic ft. 12 8" x 8" wire access door option Note: Use with 42" and 48" round and square conference table tops. Use with 14' and 16' conference table tops. Note: Cannot be used with 36" round or square conference tops. Not recommended for use with 6', 8', 10', or 12' conference tops. For 54" and 59.5" round and square conference tops, use CBU-F below. Note: All round and square conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight. Cylinder Base CBU-F veneer cylinder base weight (lbs.) 55 overall height w/ top cubic ft. 18 arm clearance: " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management 8" x 8" wire access door option $ 1,211 Note: Use with 54" and 59.5" round and square conference table tops. Use with 16' conference table tops. Note: All round and square conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight. Duncan Phyfe Base CB-L brass toe caps weight (lbs.) 40 overall height w/ top cubic ft. 15 arm clearance: " top " top " top not available in quartered veneer finishes $ 1,435 Note: Use with round or square conference table tops. Use with 14' or 16' conference table tops. Note: Not recommended for 6', 8', 10', or 12' conference table tops. Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch w w w. o f s. c o m

108 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish 3. Wire access door CB-M MHM RA Model Number Finish Access Door wire access door option No wire access door(ra) With wire access door(rb) Add $156 List Price item model description w d h Cylinder Base CB-M $ 1,246 weight (lbs.) 58 cubic ft. 12 veneer black reveal at bottom overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management 8" x 8" wire access door option Note: Use with 42" and 48" round and square conference table tops. Use with 14' and 16' conference table tops. Note: Cannot be used with 36" round or square conference table tops. Not recommended for use with 6', 8', 10', or 12' conference table tops. For 54" and 59.5" round and square conference table tops, use CBU-M below. Note: All round and square conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight. Cylinder Base CBU-M veneer black reveal at bottom overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top weight (lbs.) 68 cubic ft. 18 notches in top for pass-thru wire management 8" x 8" wire access door option $ 1,396 Note: Use with 54" and 59.5 round and square conference table tops. Use with 16' conference table tops. Note: All round and square conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight w w w. o f s. c o m Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch. 107

109 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish CB-Q MHM Model Number Finish item model description w d h Cross Base CB-Q $ 1,072 overall height w/ top weight (lbs.) 59 arm clearance: " top " top " top cubic ft. 19 notches in top for pass-thru wire management Note: Not recommended for use with 6', 8', 10', or 12' conference table tops. For 36" round and square conference table tops, use CBD-Q below. For 54" and 59.5" round and square conference table tops, use CBU-Q below. Cross Base CBD-Q overall height w/ top weight (lbs.) 47 arm clearance: cubic ft " top " top-28 notches in top for pass-thru wire management $ 1,072 Note: Use with 36" round and 36" square conference table tops only. Cross Base CBU-Q overall height w/ top weight (lbs.) 78 arm clearance: cubic ft " top " top-28 notches in top for pass-thru wire management $ 1,102 Note: Use with 54" and 59.5" round and square conference table tops only w w w. o f s. c o m Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch.

110 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish 3. Wire access door (CB-R and CBU-R Only) CB-R MHM RA Model Number Finish Access Door wire access door option No wire access door(ra) With wire access door(rb) Add $156 List Price item model description w d h Cylinder Base CB-R $ 1,412 weight (lbs.) 63 cubic ft. 12 veneer overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management 8" x 8" wire access door option not available in quartered veneer finishes Note: Use with 42" and 48" round and square conference table tops. Use with 14' and 16' conference table tops. Note: Cannot be used with 36" round or square conference table tops. Not recommended for use with 6', 8', 10', or 12' conference table tops. For 54" and 59.5" round and square conference table tops, use CBU-R below. Note: All round and square conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight. Cylinder Base CBU-R veneer overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top weight (lbs.) 73 cubic ft. 18 notches in top for pass-thru wire management 8" x 8" wire access door option not available in quartered veneer finishes $ 1,558 Note: Use with 54" and 59.5" round and square conference table tops. Use with 16' conference table tops. Note: All round and square conference tops require additional weight in the base when using cylinder bases to prevent the table from tipping over. OFS provides instruction sheets and clear 6ml bags with base. Customer must provide dry sand for the additional weight. Traditional Panel Base CB-S overall height w/ top weight (lbs.) 62 arm clearance: cubic ft " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management $ 907 Note: Cannot be used with round or square conference table tops. For 6' conference table tops, use CBD-S on page 110. Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch w w w. o f s. c o m 109

111 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish CBD-S MHM Model Number Finish item model description w d h Traditional Panel Base CBD-S $ 907 for 36 x 72 Top overall height w/ top weight (lbs.) 50 arm clearance: " top " top " top cubic ft. 5 notches in top for pass-thru wire management Note: Use with 72 x 36 conference table tops only. Queen Anne Base CB-T overall height w/ top weight (lbs.) 40 arm clearance: cubic ft " top " top " top not available in quartered veneer finishes $ 1,282 Note: Not recommended for 6', 8', 10', or 12' conference table tops. Double Column Panel Base CB-U overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top weight (lbs.) 60 cubic ft. 5 notches in top for pass-thru wire management not available in quartered veneer finishes $ 1,041 Note: Cannot be used with round or square conference table tops. Cannot be used with conference table tops less than 8' in length. For 6' conference table tops, use CBD-U below. Double Column Panel Base for 36 x 72 Top CBD-U overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top weight (lbs.) 60 cubic ft. 5 notches in top for pass-thru wire management not available in quartered veneer finishes $ 1,041 Note: Use with 72 x 36 conference table tops only w w w. o f s. c o m Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch.

112 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish CB-2V MHM Model Number Finish item model description w d h Double Column Panel Base Triple Column Panel Base Panel Base CB-2V CB-3V CB-Y packed 2 per carton weight (lbs.) 58 overall height w/ top cubic ft. 4 arm clearance: " top " top " top not available in quartered veneer finishes Note: Cannot be used with conference table top less than 8' in length. For conference table tops where 3 or 4 bases are required, order (2) CB-2V for the end bases and CB-U for the center bases(s). packed 3 per carton weight (lbs.) 87 overall height w/ top cubic ft. 6 arm clearance: " top " top " top not available in quartered veneer finishes Note: For round and square conference tables tops. Cannot be used with 36" round or square conference table tops. overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top weight (lbs.) 42 cubic ft. 5 Note: Cannot be used with round or square conference table tops. For 6' conference table tops, use CBD-Y below. $ 1,249 $ 1,863 $ 666 Panel Base for 36 x 72 Top CBD-Y overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top weight (lbs.) 37 cubic ft. 5 Note: Use with 72 x 36 conference table tops only. $ 666 Half Column Base CB-01 removable wire access panel notched at top and bottom for pass thru wire management overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top weight (lbs.) 35 cubic ft. 7 $ 982 Note: Use CB-02 for center pedestal(s) where 3 or 4 bases are required. Full Column Base CB-02 overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top weight (lbs.) 42 cubic ft. 7 $ 1, w w w. o f s. c o m Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch. 111

113 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish CB-03 MHM Model Number Finish item model description w d h Panel Base CB-03 vein-lined $ 1,148 full access door weight (lbs.) 35 overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top cubic ft. 7 notches in top for pass-thru wire management Note: Cannot be used with round or square conference table tops. Not recommended for use with 6' conference table tops. Column Base CBH-03 vein-lined full access door weight (lbs.) 38 cubic ft. 10 overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management $ 1,148 Note: Cannot be used with round or square conference table tops. Not recommended for use with 6' conference table tops. Use as center base only with (2) CB-03 for 10' conference table tops. Column Base CB-04 vein-lined full access door weight (lbs.) 40 cubic ft. 10 overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top-28 notches in top for pass-thru wire management $ 1,092 Note: Use with 36" round and 36" square conference table tops only. Column Base CBH-04 vein-lined full access door weight (lbs.) 57 cubic ft. 20 overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top-28 notches in top for pass-thru wire management $ 1,092 Note: Use with 42" and 48" round and square conference table tops. Use with 14' and 16' conference table tops w w w. o f s. c o m Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch.

114 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish CB-05 MHM Model Number Finish item model description w d h Column Base CBU-04 vein-lined $ 1,140 full access door weight (lbs.) 70 cubic ft. 20 overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management Note: Use with 54" and 59.5" round and square conference table tops. Use with 16' conference table tops. Panel Base CB-05 full access door weight (lbs.) 70 overall height w/ top cubic ft. 7 arm clearance: " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management $ 1,064 Note: Cannot be used with round or square conference table tops. Not recommended for use with 6' conference table tops. Column Base CBH-05 full access door weight (lbs.) 38 overall height w/ top cubic ft. 10 arm clearance: " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management $ 1,064 Note: Cannot be used with round or square conference table tops. Not recommended for use with 6' conference table tops. Use as center base only with (2) CB-05 for 10' conference table tops. Column Base CB-06 full access door weight (lbs.) 42 overall height w/ top cubic ft. 10 arm clearance: " top " top-28 notches in top for pass-thru wire management $ 1,050 Note: Use with 36" round and square conference table tops w w w. o f s. c o m Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch. 113

115 Meeting Room wood finishes See page 62 for wood finish option. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Finish CB-05 MHM Model Number Finish item model description w d h Column Base CBH-06 full access door $ 1,050 weight (lbs.) 59 overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top-28 cubic ft. 20 notches in top for pass-thru wire management Note: Use with 42" or 48" round and square conference table tops. Use with 14' and 16' conference table tops. Column Base CBU-06 full access door weight (lbs.) 73 overall height w/ top cubic ft. 20 arm clearance: " top " top " top notches in top for pass-thru wire management $ 1,259 Note: Use with 54" and 59.5" round and square conference table tops. Use with 16' conference table tops Ellipse Base CB-11 veneer ellipse base with aluminum end caps removable panel for wire access overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top " top weight (lbs.) 45 cubic ft. 5 $ 888 Column Base w/ Satin Disc CHB-01 satin column satin disc overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top weight (lbs.) 35 cubic ft. 10 $ 672 Note: Use with 36" round and square tops only. Column Base w/ Polished Chrome Disc CHB-02 satin column polished chrome disc overall height w/ top arm clearance: " top " top weight (lbs.) 35 cubic ft. 10 $ 672 Note: Use with 36" round and square tops only. Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch w w w. o f s. c o m

116 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order CBM-07 Model Number For MTB2, MXB-32, TSX38, MX Metal Color 3. Glide/Caster (TSX38 Only) MTB2 RD Model Number Metal Color TSX38 MSL A4F Model Number Metal Color Glide/Caster glide/caster option for TSX38 Only Glides(A4F) - Standard - No Upcharge Dual Wheel Casters(A6C) - Black - Add $70 List Price item model description w d h Metal Cross Base CBM-07 black powdercoat $ 718 weight (lbs.) 20 overall height w/ top 30 arm clearance: " top " top " top cubic ft. 2 Note: Use with 36", 42" and 48" round and square conference table tops. Use with 14' and 16' conference table tops. Metal T Base MTB weight (lbs.) 26 cubic ft. 1 for rectangular, boat-shaped and racetrack tops available in black(rc) and pewter(rd) arm clearance 27.75" $ 219 Metal X Base MXB-32 for 36" and 42" tops available in black(rc) and pewter(rd) arm clearance 27.75" weight (lbs.) 32 cubic ft. 4 $ 227 Metal X Base TSX38 for 48" round and square, and 54" round tops available in beige(ltb), black tex(bkt), bone white(bwt), luster grey(msl), natural(pbn), onyx(bko), pumice(hfp) and slate(mts) arm clearance 27.75" optional casters weight (lbs.) 23 cubic ft. 15 $ 572 Metal X4 Base MX4-30 for 36" and 42" tops available in black(rc) and pewter(rd) arm clearance 27.75" weight (lbs.) 53 cubic ft. 4 $ 661 Metal X4 Base MX4-38 for 48", 54" and 59.5" tops available in black(rc) and pewter(rd) arm clearance 27.75" weight (lbs.) 58 cubic ft. 4 $ w w w. o f s. c o m Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch. 115

117 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. Note: Price ed is the single base price. Refer to the base option guide on pages for the number of bases to specify for your selected conference top. to order 2. Metal Color (MCB-17, MCB-23, MCB-28) MCB-17 BKO Model Number Metal Color item model description w d h Metal Circular Base MCB-23 for 36" and 42" round tops, 72" rectangular and racetrack tops, and for 96" rectangular, boat shaped, and racetrack tops 4" dia. post 23 Dia available in black onyx (BKO) weight (lbs.) 46 and luster grey (MSL) cubic ft. 2 arm clearance 28.25" $ 673 Metal Circular Base MCB-28 for 36" and 42" square tops, 48" and 54" round tops and for 120", 144", 168" and 192" rectangular, boat shaped, and racetrack tops7 6" dia. post 28 Dia available in black onyx (BKO) weight (lbs.) 50 and luster grey (MSL) cubic ft. 4 arm clearance 28.25" $ 818 Metal Leg Base MLX-1 (black, set of 4) for round & square tops MLC-1 (satin nickel, set of 4) for round & square tops 4" x 4" connector plate leg is 2.5" dia. at the top, tapering to approximately 1" dia. at the bottom arm clearance: 28.25" 4 Dia weight (lbs.) 43 cubic ft. 2 $ 592 $ w w w. o f s. c o m Note: The overall height includes a support panel and levelers at lowest point. Levelers can increase height up to one additional inch.

118 Meeting Room finish/laminate options Available in any OFS finish or wood grain laminate. See page 62 for finishes and wood grain laminate options. Also available: Black Laminate ( ) Aluminum Laminate (6252) Note: Cannot be used with 1.5" thick CT5 conference tops or thick CT7 conference tops to order 1 or 2-piece 2. Finish or Laminate PS MLC Model Number Finish to order 3-piece 2. Finish or Laminate 3. Plug Placement PS MLC RE Model Number Finish Plug Placement Additional modules can be purchased from Electri-Cable Assemblies at or phone item model description w d h Power Supply PS $ 1,364 (one only) size with brackets: If top has 2 bases, PS is centered between bases If top has 3 bases, PS is centered between one end base and center base power strip with (4) 15 amp outlets data strip with (3) RJ45, (2) RJ11, and (3) blank openings for modules factory will install power supply doors in conference top opening in top: 16" x 8.5" opening centered between bases for veneer door option only, veneer grain runs opposite direction from top grain weight (lbs.) 13 cubic ft. 2 power box ships separately from conference top use with 72 x 36, 96 x 42, 48 x 120, 48 x 144, 48 x 168 and 48 x 192 conference tops UL ed If top has 4 bases, you must specify whether PS is centered between the two inner bases or centered between one end base and one inner base PS (set of 2) Openings for PS spaced evenly between bases power strip with (4) 15 amp outlets data strip with (3) RJ45, (2) RJ11, and (3) blank openings for modules factory will install power supply doors in conference top openings in top: 16" x 8.5" openings spaced evenly between bases for veneer door option only, veneer grain runs opposite direction from top grain size with brackets: weight (lbs.) 26 cubic ft. 2 power boxes ship separately from conference top use with 48 x 120, 48 x 144, 48 x 168 and 48 x 192 conference tops with three bases units will be daisy-chained UL ed $ 2,669 PS (set of 3) Openings for PS spaced evenly between bases must specify: plug placement on one end box(re), or plug placement on center base(rf) power strip with (4) 15 amp outlets data strip with (3) RJ45, (2) RJ11, and (3) blank openings for modules factory will install power supply doors in conference top openings in top: 16" x 8.5" openings spaced evenly between bases for veneer door option only, veneer grain runs opposite direction from top grain size with brackets: weight (lbs.) 39 cubic ft. 2 power boxes ship separately from conference top must specify: plug placement on one end box(re) or plug placement on center box(rf) use with 48 x 192 conference tops with four bases only UL ed Note: Description and dimensions ed are per power supply. $ 3,941 Note: Power Supplies are standard with (1) plug end per single unit or set. On orders for PS using (3) power supplies per table, please specify plug location under one end or center base. The center base option requires 2 plug-ins. For hardwire options, contact your CSR for ordering instructions w w w. o f s. c o m 117

119 Meeting Room finish/laminate options Available in any OFS finish or wood grain laminate. See page 62 for finishes and wood grain laminate options. Also available: Black Laminate ( ) Aluminum Laminate (6252) Note: Cannot be used with 1.5" thick CT5 conference tops or thick CT7 conference tops to order 1 or 2-piece 2. Finish or Laminate PS MLC Model Number Finish to order 3-piece 2. Finish or Laminate 3. Plug Placement PS MLC RE Model Number Finish Plug Placement Additional modules can be purchased from Electri-Cable Assemblies at or phone item model description w d h Power Supply PS $ 1,552 (one only) size with brackets: If top has 2 bases, PS is centered between bases If top has 3 bases, PS is centered between one end base and center base power strip with (4) 15 amp outlets data strip with (3) RJ45, (2) RJ11, and (3) blank openings for modules factory will install power supply doors in conference top openings in top: 24" x 8.5" opening centered between bases for veneer door option only, veneer grain runs opposite direction from top grain weight (lbs.) 16 cubic ft. 2 power box ships separately from conference top use with 96 x 42, 48 x 144, 48 x 168 and 48 x 192 conference tops UL ed If top has 4 bases, you must specify whether PS is centered between the two inner bases or centered between one end base and one inner base PS (set of 2) Openings for PS spaced evenly between bases power strip with (4) 15 amp outlets data strip with (3) RJ45, (2) RJ11, and (3) blank openings for modules factory will install power supply doors in conference top openings in top: 24" x 8.5" openings spaced evenly between bases for veneer door option only, veneer grain runs opposite direction from top grain size with brackets: weight (lbs.) 32 cubic ft. 2 power boxes ship separately from conference top use with 48 x 144, 48 x 168 and 48 x 192 conference tops with three bases units will be daisy-chained UL ed $ 2,824 PS (set of 3) Openings for PS spaced evenly between bases must specify: plug placement on one end box(re), or plug placement on center base(rf) power strip with (4) 15 amp outlets data strip with (3) RJ45, (2) RJ11, and (3) blank openings for modules factory will install power supply doors in conference top openings in top: 24" x 8.5" openings spaced evenly between bases for veneer door option only, veneer grain runs opposite direction from top grain size with brackets: weight (lbs.) 48 cubic ft. 2 power boxes ship separately from conference top must specify: plug placement on one end box(re) or plug placement on center box(rf) use with 48 x 192 conference tops with four bases only UL ed Note: Description and dimensions ed are per power supply. $ 4,096 Note: Power Supplies are standard with (1) plug end per single unit or set. On orders for PS using (3) power supplies per table, please specify plug location under one end or center base. The center base option requires 2 plug-ins. For hardwire options, contact your CSR for ordering instructions w w w. o f s. c o m

120 Meeting Room Power Cutout Locations To order, add location codes to model number. CT1-36-4G MHM EH QV Model Number Finish Edge Power Cutout NO CUTOUT QR No cutout POWER CUTOUTS BETWEEN BASES QS Between 1st base and 2nd base QT Between 2nd base and 3rd base QU Between 3rd base and 4th base QS QS QT QS QT QU QS QT QS QU QS QS QT POWER CUTOUTS OVER BASES QV Over 1st base QW Over 2nd base QX Over 3rd base QV QV QW QV QX QV QW QV QW QX QV QV QW QV QW QX QV QW QY Over 4th base QV QW QV QW QX QY w w w. o f s. c o m 119

121 Meeting Room Power Supply and Base Matrix The Power Supplies pages can be used centered over select bases or between bases. When ordering power supply centered over base(s), refer to matrix for applicability. Y = Can use standard base M = Base must be a modification X = Not Applicable PS will not work over base *PS-10 will fit over these bases if the Power Supply is open to long side of table only. The corresponding top would need to be detailed noting "the power supply to open to the long side". **PS-9, PS-12 and the PS-25 will fit over this base if the Power Supply is rotated. Both the base and the corresponding top will need to be modified - the base to accept power supply and the top to have the cutout rotated. Model Description No. PS-2 PS-3 PS-4 PS-5 PS-6 PS-8 PS-9 PS-10 PS-12 PS-13 PS-25 G rommet Curved CB-A X X X X X X X X X X X X Half Round CBD-B Y Y Y Y Y X M M X Y X Y Half Round CB-B Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M** Y M** Y Curved CB-C X X X X X X X X X X X X Panel CB-D X X X X X X X X X X X X Ellipse CB-24EB Y Y Y Y Y X X X X Y X Y Cylinder CB-F Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y X Y Cylinder CBH-F Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y M Y Cylinder CBU-F Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y M Y Duncan Phyfe CB-L X X X X X X X X X X X X Cylinder CB-M Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y M Y Cylinder CBU-M Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y M Y Cross CB-Q X X Y Y X X X X X X X Y Cross CBD-Q X X Y Y X X X X X X X Y Cross CBU-Q X X Y Y X X X X X X X Y Cylinder CB-R Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y M Y Cylinder CBU-R Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y M Y Panel CB-S X X X X X X X X X X X X Panel CBD-S X X X X X X X X X X X X Queen Anne CB-T X X X X X X X X X X X X Panel CB-U X X X X X X X X X X X X Panel CBD-U X X X X X X X X X X X X Panel CB-2V X X X X X X X X X X X X Panel CB-3V X X X X X X X X X X X X Panel CB-Y X X X X X X X X X X X X Panel CBD-Y X X X X X X X X X X X X Half Column CB-01 Y Y Y Y Y X X X X Y X Y Full Column CB-02 Y Y Y Y Y X X X X Y M Y Column CB-03 Y Y Y Y Y X M** Y* X Y M** Y Column CBH-03 Y Y Y Y Y X Y Y Y Y M Y Column (Square) CB-04 Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y X Y Column (Square) CBH-04 Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y M Y Column (Square) CBU-04 Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y M Y Column CB-05 Y Y Y Y Y X M** Y* X Y M** Y Column CBH-05 Y Y Y Y Y X Y Y Y Y M Y Column (Square) CB-06 Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y X Y Column (Square) CBH-06 Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y M Y Column (Square) CBU-06 Y Y Y Y Y X M Y M Y M Y Ellipse CB-11 Y Y Y Y Y X M** X X Y X Y w w w. o f s. c o m

122 Meeting Room to order PS-2 Model Number item model description w d h Black Power Supply PS-2 requires cutout to be $ 317 machined at factory - contact your customer service representative for ordering information (3) electric outlets 6' power cord retractable UL ed weight (lbs.) 1 Black Power Supply PS-3 requires cutout to be machined at factory - contact your customer service representative for ordering information (2) electric outlets (1) opening for additional module 6' power cord retractable UL ed weight (lbs.) 1 $ 294 Black Power Supply Shell PS-6 requires cutout to be machined at factory - contact your customer service representative for ordering information shell only (2) openings for modulars retractable weight (lbs.) 1 $ 200 Black Power Sphere PS-5 field installable - for cutout to be machined at factory, contact your customer service representative for ordering information (4) electric outlets (2) 6' power cords UL ed weight (lbs.) 1 $ 398 Black Power Sphere PS-4 field installable - for cutout to be machined at factory, weight (lbs.) 1 contact your customer service representative for ordering information (2) electric outlets (2) openings for additional modulars 6' power cord UL ed $ 358 Power Supply Inserts RJ-11 RJ-45 voice hard wire jack black only UL ed data hard wire jack black only UL ed $ 55 $ 55 Note: Use with PS-3, PS-4, and PS-6 only w w w. o f s. c o m 121

123 Meeting Room to order PS-8 Model Number item model description w d h Undersurface Mount Power/Data Center PS-8 mounts below worksurface (3) 15 amp outlets (2) RJ-45 data jacks 6' power cord UL ed weight (lbs.) 3 cubic ft. 1 $ 424 Flip-Up Power/Data Center PS-9 requires cutout to be machined at factory - contact your customer service representative for ordering information (2) 15 amp outlets (2) RJ-45 data jacks 8' power cord UL ed weight (lbs.) 3 cubic ft. 1 $ 317 Flip-Up Power/Data Center PS-10 requires cutout to be machined at factory; weight (lbs.) 4 specify open side as user s cubic ft. 1 left, right, front, or back - contact your customer service representative for ordering information (2) 15 amp outlets (2) RJ-45 Cat 6 universal voice/data jacks 6' power cord UL ed Note: when locating a power supply over a seam, the power supply must 'open to long side of table' only. $ 256 Vault Turnbox PS-25 for conference table tops only requires cutout to be machined at factory - contact your customer service representative for ordering information one touch open and close safety photo electronic eye prevents rotation when unit is being used (3) 15 amp outlets (3) data ports (1) VGA connection 12 power cord anodized aluminum finish UL ed weight (lbs.) 8 cubic ft. 1 $ 1,026 Power Supply PS-55 mounts below worksurface mounting bracket included weight (lbs.) 1 (2) 12 amp outlets (front) cubic ft. 0.5 (1) power outlet (back) (2) 2.1 amp USB charging ports 10' power cord UL ed $ w w w. o f s. c o m

124 Meeting Room to order PS-2 Model Number item model description w d h Power and Data Grommet PS-13 requires cutout to be machined at factory - weight (lbs.) 4 contact your customer cubic ft. 1 service representative for ordering information (2) 110 volt outlets (2) Cat 5e universal data modules 6 power cord matte black removable cap UL ed $ 306 Optional Cap Cover PS-13C anodized aluminum finish snaps over matte black cap on PS $ 201 Grommet CGB-1 (Black) CGN-1 (Satin Nickel) CBB-1 (Antique Brass) field installable - for cutout to be machined at factory, contact your customer service representative for ordering information round grommet, available in black only inside dimensions with insert.5625 diameter inside dimensions without insert diameter Dia. $ 35 $ 35 $ 35 Grommet RGB-1 (Black) RGN-1 (Nickel) RGS-1 (Antique Brass) requires cutout to be machined at factory - contact your customer service representative for ordering information rectangular grommet inside dimensions with inserts 1.5 x.75 inside dimensions without inserts x $ 59 $ 59 $ w w w. o f s. c o m 123

125 Meeting Room to order PS-12-X Model Number item model description w d h Power Supply PS-12-X $ 978 (Black) weight (lbs.) 8 cubic ft. 1 PS-12-N (Satin Nickel) use with any OFS rectangular, racetrack, or boat-shaped conference table tops only standard four 110 volt outlets 4 Cat 5e data jacks (2 modules) 4 blank insert modules dual covers meet in center, slide down out of the way fits into " x " slot 9' cord flush mount $ 1,498 Power Supply Inserts for PS C5EU-BK U2KEY345-BK Black Single Cat 5e Universal module Black Dual Cat 3 RJ-45 module $ 44 $ 80 U2KEY311-BK Black Dual Cat 3 RJ-11 module $ 80 U1KEY345-BK Black Single Cat 3 RJ-45 module $ 44 U1KEY311-BK Black Single Cat 3 RJ-11 module $ 44 2RCA-BK Black Dual RCA Audio Insert module $ 80 1RCA-BK Black Single RCA Audio Insert module $ 44 15PIN-BK Black Single 15 Pin Female to Female VGA module $ 93 1TEL3MM-BK Black Single 3mm (.125") audio connector module $ 49 2TEL3MM-BK Black Dual 3mm (.125") audio connector module $ 62 BL-BK Black Blank module $ C5E-BK Black Dual Cat 5e Universal module $ C6-BK Black Dual Cat 6 Universal module $ 167 1SVHS-BK Black Single Super VHS module $ 93 2F-BK Black Dual F connector (coax) module $ 62 1F-BK Black Single F connector (coax) module $ 49 U1-USB/A-BK Single Keystone USB Type A, F/F $ 136 U1-USB/B-BK Single Keystone USB Type B, F/F $ 136 U2-USB/A-BK Dual Keystone USB Type A, F/F $ 264 U2-USB/B-BK Dual Keystone USB Type B, F/F $ 264 U2-USB/AB-BK Dual Keystone 1 ea. USB Type A and Type B $ 264 HDMI-BK Black Single HDMI Female to Female module $ w w w. o f s. c o m

126 Meeting Room veneer Exposed surfaces are number one select cherry, walnut, maple, or oak veneers. Select straight and quarter grain patterns are used overall to maintain consistency between individual units. tops Casegoods tops are " thick. Conference wall components tops are profiled on front side only. Freestanding conference casegoods tops are profiled 3 sides. High pressure laminate tops are available on credenzas and mobile carts. assembly Structural joints are secured by 16-gauge steel angle brackets and wood glue blocks. Adjustable levelers feature insert nuts to prevent glide tear out. finish The patented Euroluxe finish is a chemically re-engineered Urethane clear coat that preserves the beautiful depth and clarity of OFS finishes, but allows for much greater performance with chemical and scratch resistance, as well as the complete elimination of dangerous formaldehyde emissions. The Euroluxe finish system achieves indoor air quality standards set by LEED and BIFMA furniture emission standards and allows all products to achieve GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certification by the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute. SilverBan technology is an antimicrobial utilizing silver ions infused into the Euroluxe wood finish for antimicrobial protection on all exposed wood surfaces. SilverBan inhibits the growth of mold, mildew, fungus and bacteria on wood surfaces, as well as odors caused by bacterial growth, by 99.99% w w w. o f s. c o m 125

127 Pull Options Select from pulls that match OFS casegoods series. pull finishes pull name casegoods series match CG - Black CH - Satin Nickel RY - Black RZ - Satin Nickel AF - Black AG - Satin Nickel BB - Black BC - Satin Nickel VJ - Black VK - Satin Nickel BD - Black BE - Satin Nickel BF - Black BG - Satin Nickel BH - Black BJ - Satin Nickel VG - Black VH - Satin Nickel YU - Matte Silver Bridge Miro Dali Grip Era Axis Empire Icon Forte Pure Denali Denali Contour Denali Contour Impulse G2 Impulse G2 Impulse G2 Impulse G2 Impulse G2 Impulse G2 Offerings YV - Matte Silver Awe Offerings YW - Matte Silver Bliss Offerings YX - Matte Silver Gaze Offerings VK Era Offerings PA - Black PB - Satin Nickel PC - Black PD - Satin Nickel PE - Black PF - Satin Nickel PG - Black PH - Satin Nickel PJ - Black PK - Satin Nickel CB CC Tab Silhouette Grace Soul Aura Executive Classic Praxis Praxis Praxis Praxis Praxis Executive I Bridgeport Classic BX Legacy Legacy BY Matrix Legacy EA Buckle Element EB Spear Element EC Era Element ED Empire Element w w w. o f s. c o m

128 Meeting Room configurations to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Vented Back 7. Projection Screen MR-0001CFG MLC EF RY LW RG QM Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Screen Back Back See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Laminate available on credenza only. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) item model description w d h Wall Unit MR-0001CFG Total Unit Dimensions consists of: (1) MR-1824GLDC (Left Hinge Display Cabinet) shaped front side 2 adjustable glass shelves behind top glass door surface-mounted 12 volt halogen lamp - UL ed 1 adjustable wood shelf behind bottom wood door unfinished back inside depth optional finished back weight (lbs.) 117 cubic ft. 23 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 3,607 Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) (1) MR-6624SC (Storage Credenza) shaped front side 1 adjustable wood shelf behind each set of doors unfinished back optional finished back optional vented back weight (lbs.) 275 cubic ft. 33 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 3,420 Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) -Add $1,064 List Price (1) MR-6624BR (Storage Bridge) shaped front side overhead storage bridge optional projection screen (1) MR-1824GRDC (Right Hinge Display Cabinet) shaped front side 2 adjustable glass shelves behind top glass door surface-mounted 12 volt halogen lamp - UL ed 1 adjustable wood shelf behind bottom wood door unfinished back inside depth optional finished back weight (lbs.) 48 cubic ft. 6 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep weight (lbs.) 117 cubic ft. 23 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 986 $ 3,607 Unit Total $11,620 vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge With Vent(RH) - Add $79 List Price projection screen option No Screen(QM) - Standard - No Upcharge With Screen(QN) - Add $240 List Price w w w. o f s. c o m 127

129 Meeting Room configurations to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Vented Back 7. Swivel Shelf 8. Projection Screen MR-0002CFG MLC EF RY LW RG QF QM Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Swivel Screen Back Back Shelf See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Laminate available on credenza only. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) Corona(FE) item model description w d h Wall Unit MR-0002CFG consists of: Total Unit Dimensions (1) MR-1824LSC (Left Hinge Storage Cabinet) shaped front side $ 2,917 3 adjustable wood weight (lbs.) 117 shelves 2 stationary wood shelves cubic ft. w/ EG edge deep unfinished back optional finished back w/ EV edge 25 deep optional vented back Add $53 List Price (1) MR-4224VCC (Video Conferencing Cabinet) shaped front side Upper Cabinet video compartment w/ adjustable.75" shelf - inside dimensions: 31.25w x 18d x 10.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 232 cubic ft. 54 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep inside dimensions: 37.75w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV $ 4, Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - Add $1,555 List Price vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge With Vent(RH) - See Item for Price swivel shelf option No Swivel Shelf(QE) - Standard - No Upcharge Swivel Shelf(QF) - Add $383 List Price projection screen option No Screen(QM) - Standard - No Upcharge With Screen(QN) - Add $240 List Price (1) MR-6624SC (Storage Credenza) w w w. o f s. c o m shaped front side adjustable wood shelf weight (lbs.) 275 behind each set of doors cubic ft. 33 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep optional finished back optional vented back Add $79 List Price (1) MR-6624BR (Storage Bridge) shaped front side overhead storage bridge optional projection screen (1) MR-3724SW (Storage Wardrobe) shaped front side Left Side 3 adjustable wood shelves 1 stationary wood shelf Right Side full length storage with hanging bar 1 adjustable wood shelf unfinished back optional finished back weight (lbs.) 48 cubic ft. 6 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep weight (lbs.) 217 cubic ft. 43 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 3,420 $ 986 $ 4,222 Unit Total $16,534

130 Meeting Room configurations to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Vented Back 7. Swivel Shelf 8. Projection Screen MR-0003CFG MLC EF RY LW RG QF QM Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Swivel Screen Back Back Shelf See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Laminate available on credenza only. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) item model description w d h Wall Unit MR-0003CFG Total Unit Dimensions consists of: (1) MR-1824OC (Open Display Cabinet) see page 137 for item description weight (lbs.) 105 cubic ft. 23 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 2,381 Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) (1) MR-4224VCC (Video Conferencing Cabinet) see page 135 for item description (1) MR-6624SC (Storage Credenza) see page 143 for item description optional vented back Add $79 List Price weight (lbs.) 232 cubic ft. 54 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep weight (lbs.) 275 cubic ft. 33 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 4,989 $ 3,420 Radius(DU) Corona(FE) (1) MR-6624BR (Storage Bridge) see page 143 for item description weight (lbs.) 48 cubic ft. 6 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 986 Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) (1) MR-1824GLDC (Left Hinge Display Cabinet) see page 138 for item description weight (lbs.) 117 cubic ft. 23 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 3,607 finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - Add $2,093 List Price vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge With Vent(RH) - See Item for Price swivel shelf option No Swivel Shelf(QE) - Standard - No Upcharge Swivel Shelf(QF) - Add $383 List Price (1) MR-1824GRDC (Right Hinge Display Cabinet) see page 138 for item description (1) MR-1824RSC (Right Hinge Storage Cabinet) see page 141 for item description optional vented back Add $53 List Price weight (lbs.) 117 cubic ft. 23 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep weight (lbs.) 117 cubic ft. 23 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 3,607 $ 2,917 Unit Total $21,907 projection screen option No Screen(QM) - Standard - No Upcharge With Screen(QN) - Add $240 List Price w w w. o f s. c o m 129

131 Meeting Room configurations to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back MR-0004CFG MLC EF RY LW Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Back See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) item model description w d h Wall Unit MR-0004CFG Total Unit Dimensions consists of: 1) MR-1824OC (Open Display Cabinet) shaped front side 3 adjustable wood shelves 2 stationary wood shelves unfinished back inside depth optional finished back weight (lbs.) 105 cubic ft. 23 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 2,381 Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) (1) MR-3724GDC (Display Cabinet) shaped front side 2 adjustable glass shelves behind top glass doors surface-mounted 12 volt halogen lamp - UL ed 1 adjustable wood shelf behind bottom wood doors unfinished back inside depth optional finished back 1) MR-3724SW (Storage Wardrobe) shaped front side Left Side 3 adjustable wood shelves 1 stationary wood shelf Right Side full length storage with hanging bar 1 adjustable wood shelf vented back unfinished back optional finished back weight (lbs.) 225 cubic ft. 43 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep weight (lbs.) 217 cubic ft. 43 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 5,679 $ 4,222 finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - Add $1,466 List Price (1) MR-1824OC (Open Display Cabinet) shaped front side 3 adjustable wood shelves 2 stationary wood shelves unfinished back inside depth optional finished back weight (lbs.) 105 cubic ft. 23 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 2,381 Unit Total $14, w w w. o f s. c o m

132 Meeting Room configurations to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Vented Back 7. Swivel Shelf 8. Projection Screen MR-0005CFG MLC EF RY LW RG QF QM Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Swivel Screen Back Back Shelf See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Laminate available on credenza only. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) item model description w d h Wall Unit MR-0005CFG Total Unit Dimensions consists of: (1) MR-3724SW (Storage Wardrobe) (1) MR-4224VCC (Video Conferencing Cabinet) shaped front side Left Side 3 adjustable wood shelves 1 stationary wood shelf Right Side full length storage with hanging bar 1 adjustable wood shelf vented back unfinished back optional finished back shaped front side Upper Cabinet video compartment w/ adjustable.75" shelf - inside dimensions: 31.25w x 18d x 10.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 217 cubic ft. 43 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep weight (lbs.) 232 cubic ft. 54 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep inside dimensions: 37.75w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV $ 4,222 $ 4,989 Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - Add $1,555 List Price vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge With Vent(RH) - See Item for Price swivel shelf option No Swivel Shelf(QE) - Standard - No Upcharge Swivel Shelf(QF) - Add $383 List Price projection screen option No Screen(QM) - Standard - No Upcharge With Screen(QN) - Add $240 List Price (1) MR-6624SC (Storage Credenza) (1) MR-6624BR (Storage Bridge) shaped front side overhead storage bridge optional projection screen (1) MR-1824RSC (Right Hinge Storage Cabinet) shaped front side 3 adjustable wood shelves 2 stationary wood shelves unfinished back optional finished back optional vented back Add $53 List Price w w w. o f s. c o m shaped front side adjustable wood shelf weight (lbs.) 275 behind each set of doors cubic ft. 33 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep optional finished back optional vented back Add $79 List Price weight (lbs.) 48 cubic ft. 6 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep weight (lbs.) 117 cubic ft. 23 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 3,420 $ 986 $ 2,917 Unit Total $16,

133 Meeting Room configurations to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Vented Back 7. Swivel Shelf 8. Projection Screen MR-0006CFG MLC EF RY LW RG QF QM Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Swivel Screen Back Back Shelf See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Laminate available on credenza only. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) item model description w d h Wall Unit MR-0006CFG Total Unit Dimensions consists of: (1) MR-3724VCR (VCR Cabinet) shaped front side Upper Cabinet VCR shelf - inside dimensions: 26.5w x 18d x 5.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 222 cubic ft. 43 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep inside dimensions: 33w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back optional pull out swivel shelf for TV $ 4,450 Radius(DU) Corona(FE) (1) MR-6624SC (Storage Credenza) shaped front side adjustable wood shelf weight (lbs.) 275 behind each set of doors cubic ft. 33 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep optional finished back optional vented back Add $79 List Price $ 3, Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - Add $1,355 List Price vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge With Vent(RH) - See Item for Price swivel shelf option No Swivel Shelf(QE) - Standard - No Upcharge Swivel Shelf(QF) - Add $383 List Price projection screen option No Screen(QM) - Standard - No Upcharge With Screen(QN) - Add $240 List Price (1) MR-6624BR (Storage Bridge) shaped front side overhead storage bridge optional projection screen (1) MR-3724GDC (Display Cabinet) shaped front side 2 adjustable glass shelves behind top glass doors surface-mounted 12 volt halogen lamp - UL ed 1 adjustable wood shelf behind bottom wood doors unfinished back inside depth optional finished back w w w. o f s. c o m weight (lbs.) 48 cubic ft. 6 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep weight (lbs.) 225 cubic ft. 43 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 986 $ 5,679 Unit Total $14,535

134 Meeting Room 24"d vcr cabinets to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Swivel Shelf MR-3724VCR MLC EF RY LW QF Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Swivel Back Shelf See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) item model description w d h 24"d VCR Cabinet MR-3724VCR shaped front side Upper Cabinet VCR shelf - inside dimensions: 26.5w x 18d x 5.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 222 cubic ft. 43 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep inside dimensions: 33w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back Add $445 List Price Optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV pull-out swivel shelf(qf) 25.5w x 16d x 3h 125 lbs. maximum load factory installed $ 4,450 Radius(DU) Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge 24"d VCR Cabinet MR-4224VCR shaped front side Upper Cabinet VCR shelf - inside dimensions: 31.25w x 18d x 5.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 232 cubic ft. 54 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep inside dimensions: 37.75w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back Add $480 List Price Optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV pull-out swivel shelf(qf) 25.5w x 16d x 3h 125 lbs. maximum load factory installed $ 4,796 Finished(LX) - See Item for Price swivel shelf option No Swivel Shelf(QE) - Standard - No Upcharge Swivel Shelf(QF) - Add $383 List Price w w w. o f s. c o m 133

135 Meeting Room 30"d vcr cabinets to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Swivel Shelf MR-3730VCR MLC EF RY LW QF Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Swivel Back Shelf See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) item model description w d h 30"d VCR Cabinet MR-3730VCR shaped front side Upper Cabinet VCR shelf - inside dimensions: 26.5w x 18d x 5.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 246 cubic ft. 59 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep inside dimensions: 33w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back Add $499 List Price Optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV pull-out swivel shelf(qf) 25.5w x 16d x 3h 125 lbs. maximum load factory installed $ 4,990 Radius(DU) Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge 30"d VCR Cabinet MR-4230VCR shaped front side Upper Cabinet VCR shelf - inside dimensions: 31.25w x 18d x 5.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 256 cubic ft. 66 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep inside dimensions: 37.75w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back Add $537 List Price Optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV pull-out swivel shelf(qf) 25.5w x 16d x 3h 125 lbs. maximum load factory installed $ 5,374 Finished(LX) - See Item for Price swivel shelf option No Swivel Shelf(QE) - Standard - No Upcharge Swivel Shelf(QF) - Add $383-- List Price w w w. o f s. c o m

136 Meeting Room 24"d video conferencing cabinets to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Swivel Shelf MR-3724VCC MLC EF RY LW QF Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Swivel Back Shelf See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) item model description w d h 24"d Video Conferencing Cabinet MR-3724VCC shaped front side Upper Cabinet video compartment w/ adjustable.75" shelf - inside dimensions: 26.5w x 18d x 10.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 222 cubic ft. 43 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep inside dimensions: 33w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back Add $468 List Price Optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV pull-out swivel shelf(qf) 25.5w x 16d x 3h 125 lbs. maximum load factory installed $ 4,683 Radius(DU) Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge 24"d Video Conferencing Cabinet MR-4224VCC shaped front side Upper Cabinet video compartment w/ adjustable.75" shelf - inside dimensions: 31.25w x 18d x 10.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 232 cubic ft. 54 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep inside dimensions: 37.75w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back Add $499 List Price Optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV pull-out swivel shelf(qf) 25.5w x 16d x 3h 125 lbs. maximum load factory installed $ 4,989 Finished(LX) - See Item for Price swivel shelf option No Swivel Shelf(QE) - Standard - No Upcharge Swivel Shelf(QF) - Add $383 List Price w w w. o f s. c o m 135

137 Meeting Room 30"d video conferencing cabinets to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Swivel Shelf MR-3730VCC MLC EF RY LW QF Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Swivel Back Shelf See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) item model description w d h 30"d Video Conferencing Cabinet MR-3730VCC shaped front side Upper Cabinet video compartment w/ adjustable.75" shelf - inside dimensions: 26.5w x 18d x 10.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 246 cubic ft. 59 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep inside dimensions: 33w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back Add $526 List Price Optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV pull-out swivel shelf(qf) 25.5w x 16d x 3h 125 lbs. maximum load factory installed $ 5,257 Radius(DU) Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge 30"d Video Conferencing Cabinet MR-4230VCC shaped front side Upper Cabinet video compartment w/ adjustable.75" shelf - inside dimensions: 31.25w x 18d x 10.75h wood pocket doors vented back standard weight (lbs.) 256 cubic ft. 66 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep inside dimensions: 37.75w x d x h Lower Cabinet 1 adjustable wood shelf hinged doors 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back optional finished back Add $564 List Price Optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV pull-out swivel shelf(qf) 25.5w x 16d x 3h 125 lbs. maximum load factory installed $ 5,642 Finished(LX) - See Item for Price swivel shelf option No Swivel Shelf(QE) - Standard - No Upcharge Swivel Shelf(QF) - Add $383 List Price w w w. o f s. c o m

138 Meeting Room 24"d display cabinets to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull (MR-1824WLDC, MR-1824WRDC, MR-3724WDC Only) 5. Finished Back MR-1824WLDC MLC EF RY LW Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Back See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) item model description w d h Open Display Cabinet/Bookcase MR-1824OC shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) stationary wood shelves cubic ft. 23 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep inside depth optional finished back Add $238 List Price $ 2,381 Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Open Display Cabinet/Bookcase MR-3724OC shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) stationary wood shelves cubic ft. 43 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep inside depth optional finished back Add $345 List Price $ 3,454 Radius(DU) Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Display Cabinet w/ Open Top & Wood Bottom Door (left hinge shown) MR-1824WLDC (Left Hinge) shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) 110 in top open section cubic ft adjustable wood shelf w/ EG edge deep behind door w/ EV edge 25 deep unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $269 List Price $ 2,687 Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge MR-1824WRDC (Right Hinge) shaped front side adjustable wood weight (lbs.) 110 shelves in open section cubic ft adjustable wood shelf w/ EG edge deep behind door w/ EV edge 25 deep unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $269 List Price $ 2,687 Finished(LX) - See Item for Price Display Cabinet w/ Open Top & Wood Bottom Door MR-3724WDC shaped front side adjustable wood weight (lbs.) 211 shelves in open section cubic ft adjustable wood shelf w/ EG edge deep behind doors w/ EV edge 25 deep unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $399 List Price $ 3, w w w. o f s. c o m 137

139 Meeting Room 24"d display cabinets to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back MR-1824GLDC MLC EF RY LW Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Back See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) item model description w d h Display Cabinet w/ Glass Top-Wood Bottom Doors (left hinge shown) MR-1824GLDC (Left Hinge) shaped front side adjustable glass weight (lbs.) 117 shelves behind top cubic ft. 23 glass door w/ EG edge deep surface-mounted 12 volt w/ EV edge 25 deep halogen lamp - UL ed 1 adjustable wood shelf behind bottom wood door unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $361 List Price $ 3,607 Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) MR-1824GRDC (Right Hinge) shaped front side adjustable glass weight (lbs.) 117 shelves behind top cubic ft. 23 glass door w/ EG edge deep surface-mounted 12 volt w/ EV edge 25 deep halogen lamp - UL ed 1 adjustable wood shelf behind bottom wood door unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $361 List Price $ 3,607 Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) Display Cabinet w/ Glass Top-Wood Bottom Doors MR-3724GDC shaped front side adjustable glass weight (lbs.) 225 shelves behind top cubic ft. 43 glass doors w/ EG edge deep surface-mounted 12 volt w/ EV edge 25 deep halogen lamp - UL ed 1 adjustable wood shelf behind bottom wood doors unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $568 List Price $ 5,679 finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - See Item for Price w w w. o f s. c o m

140 Meeting Room 30"d display cabinets to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull (MR-1830WLDC, MR-1830WRDC, MR-3730WDC Only) 5. Finished Back MR-1830WLDC MLC EF RY LW Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Back See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) item model description w d h Open Display Cabinet/Bookcase MR-1830OC shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) stationary wood shelves cubic ft. 31 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep inside depth optional finished back Add $269 List Price $ 2,687 Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Open Display Cabinet/Bookcase MR-3730OC shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) stationary wood shelves cubic ft. 59 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep inside depth optional finished back Add $376 List Price $ 3,762 Radius(DU) Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Display Cabinet w/ Open Top & Wood Bottom Door (left hinge shown) MR-1830WLDC (Left Hinge) shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) 122 in top open section cubic ft adjustable wood shelf w/ EG edge deep behind door w/ EV edge 31 deep unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $296 List Price $ 2,955 Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge MR-1830WRDC (Right Hinge) shaped front side adjustable wood weight (lbs.) 122 shelves in open section cubic ft adjustable wood shelf w/ EG edge deep behind door w/ EV edge 31 deep unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $296 List Price $ 2,955 Finished(LX) - See Item for Price Display Cabinet w/ Open Top & Wood Bottom Door MR-3730WDC shaped front side adjustable wood weight (lbs.) 235 shelves in open section cubic ft adjustable wood shelf w/ EG edge deep behind doors w/ EV edge 31 deep unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $422 List Price $ 4, w w w. o f s. c o m 139

141 Meeting Room 30"d display cabinets to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back MR-1830GLDC MLC EF RY LW Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Back See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) item model description w d h Display Cabinet w/ Glass Top-Wood Bottom Doors (left hinge shown) MR-1830GLDC (Left Hinge) shaped front side adjustable glass weight (lbs.) 129 shelves behind top cubic ft. 31 glass door w/ EG edge deep surface-mounted 12 volt w/ EV edge 31 deep halogen lamp - UL ed 1 adjustable wood shelf behind bottom wood door unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $384 List Price $ 3,837 Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) MR-1830GRDC (Right Hinge) shaped front side adjustable glass weight (lbs.) 129 shelves behind top cubic ft. 31 glass door w/ EG edge deep surface-mounted 12 volt w/ EV edge 31 deep halogen lamp - UL ed 1 adjustable wood shelf behind bottom wood door unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $384 List Price $ 3,837 Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) Display Cabinet w/ Glass Top-Wood Bottom Doors MR-3730GDC shaped front side adjustable glass weight (lbs.) 248 shelves behind top cubic ft. 59 glass doors w/ EG edge deep surface-mounted 12 volt w/ EV edge 31 deep halogen lamp - UL ed 1 adjustable wood shelf behind bottom wood doors unfinished back inside depth optional finished back Add $599 List Price $ 5,987 finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - See Item for Price w w w. o f s. c o m

142 Meeting Room storage cabinets to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Vented Back MR-1824LSC MLC EF RY LW RG Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Back Back See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) item model description w d h 24"d Storage Cabinet (left hinge shown) 24"d Storage Cabinet MR-3724SC MR-1824LSC (Left Hinge) MR-1824RSC (Right Hinge) shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) stationary wood shelves cubic ft. 23 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep optional finished back Add $292 List Price optional vented back Add $53 List Price shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) stationary wood shelves cubic ft. 23 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep optional finished back Add $292 List Price optional vented back Add $53 List Price shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) stationary wood shelves cubic ft. 43 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep optional finished back Add $422 List Price optional vented back Add $79 List Price $ 2,917 $ 2,917 $ 4,222 Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) Launch(EV) 30"d Storage Cabinet (left hinge shown) MR-1830LSC (Left Hinge) shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) stationary wood shelves cubic ft. 31 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep optional finished back Add $322 List Price optional vented back Add $53 List Price $ 3,223 finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - See Item for Price vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge 30"d Storage Cabinet MR-3730SC MR-1830RSC (Right Hinge) shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) stationary wood shelves cubic ft. 31 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep optional finished back Add $322 List Price optional vented back Add $53 List Price shaped front side adjustable wood shelves weight (lbs.) stationary wood shelves cubic ft. 59 unfinished back w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep optional finished back Add $461 List Price optional vented back Add $79 List Price $ 3,223 $ 4,606 With Vent(RH) - See Item for Price w w w. o f s. c o m 141

143 Meeting Room storage wardrobes to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back MR-1824LSW MLC EF RY LW Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Back See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) item model description w d h 24"d Storage Wardrobe MR-1824LSW (Left Hinge) shaped front side $ 2,381 (left hinge shown) full length storage weight (lbs.) 112 with hanging bar cubic ft adjustable wood shelf w/ EG edge deep unfinished back w/ EV edge 25 deep optional finished back Add $238 List Price MR-1824RSW (Right Hinge) shaped front side full length storage weight (lbs.) 112 with hanging bar cubic ft adjustable wood shelf w/ EG edge deep unfinished back w/ EV edge 25 deep optional finished back Add $238 List Price $ 2,381 Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) 24"d Storage Wardrobe MR-3724SW shaped front side Left Side weight (lbs.) adjustable wood shelves cubic ft stationary wood shelf w/ EG edge deep Right Side w/ EV edge 25 deep full length storage with hanging bar 1 adjustable wood shelf unfinished back optional finished back Add $422 List Price $ 4,222 Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) 30"d Storage Wardrobe (left hinge shown) MR-1830LSW (Left Hinge) shaped front side full length storage weight (lbs.) 124 with hanging bar cubic ft adjustable wood shelf w/ EG edge deep unfinished back w/ EV edge 31 deep optional finished back Add $261 List Price $ 2,609 Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - See Item for Price 30"d Storage Wardrobe MR-3730SW MR-1830RSW (Right Hinge) shaped front side full length storage weight (lbs.) 124 with hanging bar cubic ft adjustable wood shelf w/ EG edge deep unfinished back w/ EV edge 31 deep optional finished back Add $261 List Price shaped front side Left Side weight (lbs.) adjustable wood shelves cubic ft stationary wood shelf w/ EG edge deep Right Side w/ EV edge 31 deep full length storage with hanging bar 1 adjustable wood shelf unfinished back optional finished back Add $461 List Price $ 2,609 $ 4, w w w. o f s. c o m

144 Meeting Room sto-away cabinet storage credenzas bridges to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull (MR-3730MCSC, MR-6624SC, MR-6630SC) 5. Finished Back (MR-3730MCSC, MR-6624SC, MR-6630SC) 6. Vented Back (MR-6624SC, MR-6630SC) 7. Screen (MR-6624BR, MR-6630BR) MR-6624SC MLC EF RY LW RG Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Back Back MR-6624BR MLC EF QN Model Number Finish Edge Screen See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. Laminate available on credenza only. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) item model description w d h 30"d Sto-Away Cabinet MR-3730MCSC shaped front side $ 3,837 storage space for weight (lbs.) 190 mobile carts cubic ft stationary wood shelf w/ EG edge deep unfinished back w/ EV edge 31 deep optional finished back Add $384 List Price Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) 24"d Storage Cabinet MR-6624SC shaped front side 1 adjustable wood shelf behind each set of doors unfinished back optional finished back Add $342 List Price optional vented back weight (lbs.) 275 cubic ft. 33 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep $ 3,420 Radius(DU) Note: Credenzas can be special ordered with laminate to match laminate insert conference tables. Conference bullnose edge not available on credenzas. Contact Customer Service for a price quotation. Corona(FE) Sierra(EG) 30"d Storage Cabinet MR-6630SC shaped front side 1 adjustable wood shelf behind each set of doors unfinished back optional finished back Add $376 List Price optional vented back weight (lbs.) 289 cubic ft. 41 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep $ 3,763 Launch(EV) finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - See Item for Price vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge With Vent(RH) - Add $79 List Price projection screen option No Screen(QM) - Standard - No Upcharge 24"d Storage Bridge MR-6624BR 30"d Storage Bridge MR-6630BR Note: Credenzas can be special ordered with laminate to match laminate insert conference tables. Conference bullnose edge not available on credenzas. Contact Customer Service for a price quotation. shaped front side overhead storage bridge Optional projection screen 50"w x 50"h projection screen(qn) field installed shaped front side overhead storage bridge Optional projection screen 50"w x 50"h projection screen(qn) field installed weight (lbs.) 48 cubic ft. 6 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 25 deep weight (lbs.) 56 cubic ft. 7 w/ EG edge deep w/ EV edge 31 deep $ 986 $ 1,120 With Screen(QN) - Add $240 List Price w w w. o f s. c o m 143

145 Meeting Room to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Vented Back (SC-7421, SC-5421, SC-3621, AC-3834 Only) 7. Swivel Shelf (AC-3865 Only) SC-7421 MHM EF AS LW RG Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Back Back AC-3865 MHM EF AS LW QF Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Swivel Back Shelf See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. AC-3865 not available in laminate. 144 edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) Launch(EV) pulls No Pull(AS) - Standard Optional pulls are available on OFS Conference casegoods at no upcharge. See page 126 for pull options and designators. To order, add designator to model number and note pull option on purchase order. finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - See Item for Price vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge With Vent(RH) - See Item for Price swivel shelf option No Swivel Shelf(QE) - Standard - No Upcharge Swivel Shelf(QF) - Add $383 List Price item model description w d h Storage Credenza SC-7421 shaped 3 sides $ 3,951 4 doors weight (lbs.) 286 concealed hinges cubic ft. 27 storage drawer behind left door at top 2 adjustable shelves unfinished back w/ EV edge: w x d optional finished back Add $395 List Price optional vented back Add $79 List Price Audio/Visual Console TV/VCR Cabinet SC-5421 SC-3621 AC-3834 AC w w w. o f s. c o m shaped 3 sides doors weight (lbs.) 229 concealed hinges cubic ft. 20 storage drawer behind w/ EV edge: w x d left door at top 2 adjustable shelves unfinished back optional finished back Add $278 List Price optional vented back Add $79 List Price shaped 3 sides doors weight (lbs.) 157 concealed hinges cubic ft adjustable shelf w/ EV edge: w x d unfinished back optional finished back Add $203 List Price optional vented back Add $53 List Price shaped 4 sides 2 doors concealed hinges pull-out VCR shelf with ball bearing slides 1 adjustable shelf weight (lbs.) 175 cubic ft. 19 w/ EV edge: w x d 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommet unfinished back 3" dia. industrial strength casters optional finished back Add $342 List Price optional vented back Add $53 List Price shaped 4 sides Upper Cabinet 2 pocket doors with ball bearing slides inside dimensions: 29.5w x 22.25d x 28.75h vented back panel standard accommodates 27" TV Lower Cabinet 2 doors with concealed hinges pull-out VCR shelf with ball bearing slides 1 adjustable shelf hinged back panel for wire access weight (lbs.) 362 cubic ft. 36 w/ EV edge: w x d 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back 3" dia. industrial strength casters optional finished back Add $510 List Price Optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV pull-out swivel shelf(qf) 25.5w x 16d x 3h 125 lbs. maximum load factory installed $ 2,781 $ 2,032 $ 3,418 $ 5,102

146 Meeting Room to order 2. Finish 3. Edge (EG Only) 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Vented Back (SC-7421, SC-5421, SC-3621, AC-3834 Only) 7. Swivel Shelf (AC-3865 Only) SC-7421 EWW EG AS LW RG Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Back Back AC-3865 EWW EG AS LW QF Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Swivel Back Shelf See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. AC-3865 not available in laminate. edges Sierra(EG) pulls No Pull(AS) - Standard Optional pulls are available on OFS Conference casegoods at no upcharge. See page 126 for pull options and designators. To order, add designator to model number and note pull option on purchase order. finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - See Item for Price vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge With Vent(RH) - See Item for Price swivel shelf option No Swivel Shelf(QE) - Standard - No Upcharge Swivel Shelf(QF) - Add $383 List Price item model description w d h Storage Credenza SC-7421 shaped 3 sides $ 3,951 4 doors weight (lbs.) 286 concealed hinges storage drawer behind left door at top 2 adjustable shelves unfinished back cubic ft. 27 optional finished back Add $395 List Price optional vented back Add $79 List Price not available in quartered veneer finishes Audio/Visual Console TV/VCR Cabinet SC-5421 SC-3621 AC-3834 AC-3865 shaped 3 sides doors weight (lbs.) 229 concealed hinges cubic ft. 20 storage drawer behind left door at top 2 adjustable shelves unfinished back optional finished back Add $278 List Price optional vented back Add $79 List Price not available in quartered veneer finishes shaped 3 sides doors weight (lbs.) 157 concealed hinges cubic ft adjustable shelf unfinished back optional finished back Add $203 List Price optional vented back Add $53 List Price not available in quartered veneer finishes shaped 3 sides 2 doors concealed hinges pull-out VCR shelf with ball bearing slides 1 adjustable shelf weight (lbs.) 175 cubic ft outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommet unfinished back 3" dia. industrial strength casters optional finished back Add $342 List Price optional vented back Add $53 List Price not available in quartered veneer finishes weight (lbs.) 362 cubic ft. 36 shaped 3 sides Upper Cabinet 2 pocket doors with ball bearing slides inside dimensions: 29.5w x 22.25d x 28.75h vented back panel standard accommodates 27" TV Lower Cabinet 2 doors with concealed hinges pull-out VCR shelf with ball bearing slides 1 adjustable shelf hinged back panel for wire access 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor - UL ed wire management grommets unfinished back 3" dia. industrial strength casters optional finished back Add $510 List Price Optional pull-out swivel shelf for TV pull-out swivel shelf(qf) 25.5w x 16d x 3h 125 lbs. maximum load factory installed not available in quartered veneer finishes $ 2,781 $ 2,032 $ 3,418 $ 5, w w w. o f s. c o m 145

147 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes Edges: Radius(DU) Pulls: Any Pull Option to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Vented Back BC-7036A MHM EF AS LW RG Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Back Back See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. edges Square(EF) Concave(EH) item model description w d h Buffet Credenza BC-7036A shaped 3 sides $ 5,560 with 4 Doors 30" full height doors weight (lbs.) adjustable shelf cubic ft. 37 unfinished back w/ EV edge: w x d optional finished back Add $556 List Price optional vented back Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) Buffet Credenza with Front Pull-Out Shelves BC-7036B shaped 3 sides front pull-out shelves weight (lbs.) open storage cubic ft. 37 compartments w/ EV edge: w x d additional storage below unfinished back optional finished back Add $556 List Price optional vented back $ 5,560 Launch(EV) pulls No Pull(AS) - Standard Optional pulls are available on OFS Conference casegoods at no upcharge. See page 126 for pull options and designators. To order, add designator to model number and note pull option on purchase order. Buffet Credenza with Front Pull-Out Shelves and Drawers BC-7036C shaped 3 sides front pull-out shelves weight (lbs.) drawers cubic ft. 37 storage space w/ EV edge: w x d unfinished back optional finished back Add $567 List Price optional vented back $ 5,674 finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - See Item for Price vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge With Vent(RH) - Add $79 List Price w w w. o f s. c o m

148 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes Edges: Sierra(EG) Pulls: Any Pull Option to order 2. Finish 3. Edge (EG Only) 4. Pull 5. Finished Back 6. Vented Back BC-7036A EWW EF AS LW RG Model Number Finish Edge Pull Finished Vented Back Back See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for wood and laminate finish options. edges Sierra(EG) pulls No Pull(AS) - Standard Optional pulls are available on OFS Conference casegoods at no upcharge. See page 126 for pull options and designators. To order, add designator to model number and note pull option on purchase order. finished back option Unfinished(LW) - Standard - No Upcharge Finished(LX) - See Item for Price vented back option No Vent(RG) - Standard - No Upcharge With Vent(RH) - Add $79 List Price item model description w d h Buffet Credenza with 4 Doors Buffet Credenza with Front Pull-Out Shelves Buffet Credenza with Front Pull-Out Shelves and Drawers BC-7036A BC-7036B BC-7036C shaped 3 sides " full height doors weight (lbs.) adjustable shelf cubic ft. 37 unfinished back optional finished back Add $556 List Price optional vented back not available in quartered veneer finishes shaped 3 sides front pull-out shelves weight (lbs.) open storage cubic ft. 37 compartments additional storage below unfinished back optional finished back Add $556 List Price optional vented back not available in quartered veneer finishes shaped 3 sides front pull-out shelves weight (lbs.) drawers cubic ft. 37 storage space unfinished back optional finished back Add $567 List Price optional vented back not available in quartered veneer finishes $ 5,560 $ 5,560 $ 5, w w w. o f s. c o m 147

149 Meeting Room Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Finishes: see page 62 for Arrival Day 12 finishes Edges: Visual(BZ) or Bevel(DR) Fabric: see OFS Seating Price Book for Arrival Day 12 fabrics Tackboard Fabrics See OFS Seating Price List for fabric selection. A sample of all COM fabrics must be submitted to OFS for preliminary approval prior to shipment of fabrics. See OFS Seating Price List for COM Ordering Instructions. to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Projection Screen 5. Grade/Fabric VP-4872 MHM BZ QQ 3 Core Macro Model Number Finish Edge Screen Grade/Fabric See page 62 for wood finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Visual(BZ) Bevel(DR) projection screen option No Screen(QM) - Standard - No Upcharge For VP-4872: 60" Screen(QQ) - Add $156 List Price item model description w d h Visual Presentation Board non-glare marker board display rail with adj. hooks for flipchart set of 4 dry markers and eraser storage compartment for eraser and markers flipchart standard, refill sold below specify fabric for tackboard Note: See ing below under List Pricing/Grade for Upcharge. projection screen valance VP-4872 must specify fabric 72"w x 48"h visual board com requires 2.25 yds. Optional projection screen 60"w x 45"h projection screen(qq) field installed weight (lbs.) 193 cubic ft. 17 $ 3,930 Tackboard List Price Upcharge Per Grade com For VP-4848 and VP-3248: 48" Screen(QP) - Add $128 List Price VP-4848 must specify fabric 48"w x 48"h visual board com requires 1.5 yds. Optional projection screen 40"w x 40"h projection screen(qp) field installed weight (lbs.) 132 cubic ft. 12 $ 2,918 Tackboard List Price Upcharge Per Grade com edges Square(EF) Visual Presentation Board Header VP-3248 must specify fabric VPH-72 48"w x 32"h visual board com requires 1.5 yds. Optional projection screen 40"w x 40"h projection screen(qp) field installed use with 72"w visual presentation board weight (lbs.) 95 cubic ft. 8 $ 2,445 Tackboard List Price Upcharge Per Grade com w/ EV edge deep weight (lbs.) 7 cubic ft. 1 $ 457 Concave(EH) VPH-48 use with 48"w visual presentation board w/ EV edge deep weight (lbs.) 5 cubic ft. 1 $ 373 Transitional(DT) Flipchart Refill FC flipchart refill-qty $ 49 Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) 148 Launch(EV) w w w. o f s. c o m

150 Meeting Room to order 2. Finish 3. Edge (BZ Only) 4. Projection Screen 5. Grade/Fabric VPM-4872 EWW BZ QQ 3 Core Macro Model Number Finish Edge Screen Grade/Fabric Tackboard Fabrics See OFS Seating Price List for fabric selection. A sample of all COM fabrics must be submitted to OFS for preliminary approval prior to shipment of fabrics. See OFS Seating Price List for COM Ordering Instructions. See page 62 for wood finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Visual(BZ) projection screen option No Screen(QM) - Standard - No Upcharge For VPM-4872: 60" Screen(QQ) - Add $156 List Price For VPM-4848 and VPM-3248: 48" Screen(QP) - Add $128 List Price item model description w d h Visual Presentation Board VPM-4872 must specify fabric non-glare marker board display rail with adj. hooks for flipchart set of 4 dry markers and eraser storage compartment for eraser and markers flipchart standard, refill sold below specify fabric for tackboard Note: See ing below under List Pricing/Grade for Upcharge. projection screen valance 72"w x 48"h visual board com requires 2.25 yds. Optional projection screen 60"w x 45"h projection screen(qq) field installed weight (lbs.) 193 cubic ft. 17 $ 4,104 Tackboard List Price Upcharge Per Grade com VPM-4848 must specify fabric 48"w x 48"h visual board com requires 1.5 yds. Optional projection screen 40"w x 40"h projection screen(qp) field installed weight (lbs.) 132 cubic ft. 12 $ 3,045 Tackboard List Price Upcharge Per Grade com VPM-3248 must specify fabric 48"w x 32"h visual board com requires 1.5 yds. Optional projection screen 40"w x 40"h projection screen(qp) field installed weight (lbs.) 95 cubic ft. 8 $ 2,604 Tackboard List Price Upcharge Per Grade com edge Visual Presentation Board Crown VPC-72 use with 72"w visual presentation board not available in quartered veneer finishes weight (lbs.) 5 cubic ft. 2 $ 397 Header(CA) VPC-48 use with 48"w visual presentation board not available in quartered veneer finishes weight (lbs.) 3 cubic ft. 2 $ 334 Flipchart Refill FC flipchart refill-qty $ w w w. o f s. c o m 149

151 Meeting Room to order 2. Finish 3. Projection Screen VP MHM QQ Model Number Finish Screen See page 62 for wood finish options. Not available in laminate. projection screen option No Screen(QM) - Standard - No Upcharge item model description w d h Visual Presentation Board non-glare marker board set of 4 dry markers and eraser projection screen valance For VP2-4872: 60" Screen(QQ) - Add $156 List Price For VP and VP2-3248: 48" Screen(QP) - Add $128 List Price VP "w x 48"h visual board Optional projection screen 60"w x 45"h projection screen(qq) field installed weight (lbs.) 193 cubic ft. 17 $ 2,749 VP "w x 48"h visual board Optional projection screen 40"w x 40"h projection screen(qp) field installed weight (lbs.) 132 cubic ft. 12 $ 2,046 VP "w x 32"h visual board Optional projection screen 40"w x 40"h projection screen(qp) field installed weight (lbs.) 95 cubic ft. 8 $ 1,713 edges Visual Presentation Board Header VPH-72 use with 72"w visual presentation board w/ EV edge deep weight (lbs.) 7 cubic ft. 1 $ 457 Square(EF) Concave(EH) VPH-48 use with 48"w visual presentation board w/ EV edge deep weight (lbs.) 5 cubic ft. 1 $ 373 Flipchart Refill FC flipchart refill-qty $ 49 Transitional(DT) Bevel(DR) Reed(DS) Radius(DU) Launch(EV) w w w. o f s. c o m

152 Meeting Room to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Light/Power Supply LO-48 MHM CT NV UZ Model Number Finish Edge Light Power See page 62 for wood finish options. Not available in laminate. edges Lectern(CT) Bevel(DR) light option No Light(NV) - Standard - No Upcharge item model description w d h One-Piece Lectern LO-48 2 adjustable shelves $ 2,077 scuff guard on weight (lbs.) 118 bottom shelf wire management grommets cubic ft " dia. twin wheel casters Optional lectern light(pl) - UL ed factory installed Optional power supply(pm) - UL ed 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor factory installed Light(PL) - Add $67 List Price power supply option No Power(UZ) - Standard - No Upcharge Power Supply(PM) - Add $140 List Price Two-Piece Lectern LT-48 2 adjustable shelves scuff guard on weight (lbs.) 144 bottom shelf cubic ft. 17 wire management grommets 2.375" dia. twin wheel casters Optional lectern light(pl) - UL ed factory installed Optional power supply(pm) - UL ed 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor factory installed $ 2, w w w. o f s. c o m 151

153 Meeting Room to order 2. Finish 3. Edge (CA Only) 4. Light/Power Supply LO-48 EWW CA NV UZ Model Number Finish Edge Light Power See page 62 for wood finish options. Not available in laminate. edge Lectern(CA) light option No Light(NV) - Standard - No Upcharge Light(PL) - Add $67 List Price item model description w d h One-Piece Lectern LO-48 2 adjustable shelves $ 2,077 scuff guard on weight (lbs.) 118 bottom shelf wire management grommets cubic ft " dia. twin wheel casters Optional lectern light(pl) - UL ed factory installed Optional power supply(pm) - UL ed 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor factory installed power supply option No Power(UZ) - Standard - No Upcharge Power Supply(PM) - Add $140 List Price Two-Piece Lectern LT-48 2 adjustable shelves scuff guard on weight (lbs.) 144 bottom shelf cubic ft. 17 wire management grommets 2.375" dia. twin wheel casters Optional lectern light(pl) - UL ed factory installed Optional power supply(pm) - UL ed 6 outlet power supply with surge suppressor factory installed $ 2, w w w. o f s. c o m

154 Meeting Room mobile carts Note: Mobile carts can be special ordered with laminate with square edge only to match laminate insert conference tables. Contact your Customer Service Representative for a price quotation. to order 2. Finish 3. Pull OPC-2425 MLC RY Model Number Finish Pull See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. edge Square(EF) item model description w d h Overhead Projection Cart OPC-2425 square(ef) edge only " side wood shelves weight (lbs.) 128 lift and lock for additional cubic ft. 16 work surface x 25 Upper Section shelf supports for 3-position height adjustment on top Lower Section single door 1 adjustable wood shelf 2.375" black nylon twin wheel hooded casters with brake $ 1,861 Utility Cart UC-2419 square(ef) edge only " side wood shelves weight (lbs.) 131 lift and lock for additional cubic ft. 16 work surface x 25 Upper Section storage opening Lower Section single door 1 adjustable wood shelf 2.375" black nylon twin wheel hooded casters with brake $ 2,140 Computer Cart CC-2419 square(ef) edge only " side wood shelves weight (lbs.) 135 lift and lock for additional cubic ft. 16 work surface x 25 Upper Section keyboard drawer Lower Section single door 1 adjustable wood shelf 2.375" black nylon twin wheel hooded casters with brake $ 2,501 Service Cart CS-3625 square(ef) edge only " side wood shelves weight (lbs.) 161 lift and lock for additional cubic ft. 26 work surface x 25 Upper Section storage drawer Lower Section double doors 1 adjustable wood shelf 2.375" black nylon twin wheel hooded casters with brake $ 2, w w w. o f s. c o m 153

155 Meeting Room mobile carts Note: Mobile carts can be special ordered with laminate with square edge only to match laminate insert conference tables. Contact your Customer Service Representative for a price quotation. to order 2. Finish 3. Pull HC MLC RY Model Number Finish Pull See page 126 for pull options. See page 62 for finish options. edge Square(EF) item model description w d h Hospitality Cart HC square(ef) edge only $ 2,189 Upper Section weight (lbs.) 137 front pull-out wood shelf storage opening Lower Section double doors 1 adjustable wood shelf 2.375" black nylon twin wheel hooded casters with brake cubic ft. 20 Hospitality Cart HC square(ef) edge only Upper Section weight (lbs.) 149 front pull-out wood shelf cubic ft. 24 storage opening Lower Section double doors 1 adjustable wood shelf 2.375" black nylon twin wheel hooded casters with brake $ 2,298 Hospitality Cart HC square(ef) edge only Upper Section weight (lbs.) side pull-out cubic ft. 20 wood shelves storage opening Lower Section double doors 1 adjustable wood shelf 2.375" black nylon twin wheel hooded casters with brake $ 2,189 Hospitality Cart HC square(ef) edge only Upper Section weight (lbs.) side pull-out cubic ft. 24 wood shelves storage opening Lower Section double doors 1 adjustable wood shelf 2.375" black nylon twin wheel hooded casters with brake $ 2, w w w. o f s. c o m

156 Sebree HOW TO SPECIFY Tables are available in multiple materials and options to meet your needs. To specify, follow these easy steps. FOR TABLES 1. Decide on a configuration based on how the room is to be used. Next check seating capacity; for other seating capacity requirements, select a different configuration or combinations that will give you the seating space you need. 2. Table Placement Guidelines: 24" - 30" per person 48" for aisles and from side walls 96" - 120" for presenter between front wall and first row 48" between rows 84" from back wall 72" between round or square tables 3. ADA Guidelines: 30" - 36" per wheelchair table space 24" minimum table depth 60" - 72" between rows where wheelchairs may be placed back-to-back 36" minimum for wheelchair single passage 60" minimum for wheelchair double passage 60" minimum diameter to turn wheelchair 29" height will accommodate newer wheelchairs; however, some wheelchairs require 32" height. 4. Determine the top shapes and sizes as well as the number of tops to fit the table configuration you selected into your floor space. 5. Select top material and edge style: Wilsonart standard HPL and OFS Wood Grain Laminates top with 3mm PVC edge - solid color Wilsonart standard HPL and OFS Wood Grain Laminates top with self edge Wilsonart standard HPL top with bullnose T-mold edge Quarter grain veneer or HPL top with 3mm wood edge Wilsonart standard HPL top with urethane edge Quarter grain veneer or HPL top with internal lumber banded edge HPL non-wood grain laminate top with external lumber banded edge 6. See product pages for finish, color, and material selections available on tops, edges, and modesty panels; for Wilsonart standard pattern laminates see page 158. Select options where applicable for: Surface Edge Modesty Insert Grommets for Wire Management Power Cutouts for Power/Data Center Grommet Color Connector Brackets FOR ELECTRIC CAPABILITIES Use of technology is an integral part of most training rooms. OFS offers single circuit and multi circuit electrical solutions to meet these needs. See Power and Data pages Need some help? Trained staff is on hand to assist you. Contact your CSR at

157 Sebree TYPICALS Specification Guide RECOMMENDED SEATING CAPACITY Based on 24" chair width. Seating is for user side only. Rectangular Size 48 x24 60 x24 72 x24 48 x30 60 x30 72 x30 Seats Quarter Round x x Wedge x x x TOP SHAPES & SIZES Rectangular Wedge Quarter Round

158 Sebree Specification Guide TOP CONSTRUCTION Tops are constructed with 1.125" thick particleboard core. Lightweight cores can be specified as a modification with some top surface and edge material options. Please contact your Customer Service Representative for availability and a quote. HPL with 3mm Color PVC Edge HPL with Shaped Urethane Edge SAMPLE MODEL NUMBER SURFACE ALL 4 EDGES BC4824R Standard pattern Wilsonart HPL and OFS Wood Grain Laminates 3mm flat PVC in 10 solid colors SAMPLE MODEL NUMBER SURFACE USER EDGE APPROACH, ENDS BU4824R Standard pattern Wilsonart HPL Shaped urethane in 16 colors 3mm flat PVC to match urethane colors Flat 3mm Edge A4N A4J A4K 1.25"W Bullnose 1.25"W Eased 1.75"W Comfort HPL with Self Edge Self Edge SAMPLE MODEL NUMBER SURFACE HPL with Bullnose T-Mold Edge.5"W Bullnose T-Mold ALL 4 EDGES SAMPLE MODEL NUMBER SURFACE USER EDGE APPROACH, ENDS Wood Veneer or HPL with 3mm Wood Edge SAMPLE MODEL NUMBER SURFACE USER EDGE APPROACH, ENDS BL4824R Standard pattern Wilsonart HPL and OFS Wood Grain Laminates Matching Wilsonart HPL BT4824R Standard pattern Wilsonart HPL Black.5"W bullnose T-mold Black 3mm flat PVC BW4824R Wood veneer or HPL 3mm shaped finished wood.5mm flat finished wood DN DM DQ Square Bead Flair A4L 1.63"W Ergoflex A4M 1.25"W Rounded Knife Wood Veneer or HPL with Internal Lumber Band SAMPLE MODEL NUMBER BN4824R SURFACE Wood veneer or HPL USER EDGE Internal finished wood lumber band APPROACH, ENDS.5mm flat finished wood DS DU DR Reed Radius Bevel HPL Non-Wood Grain with External Lumber Band SAMPLE MODEL NUMBER BX4824R SURFACE HPL non-wood grain USER EDGE 1.375"W external finished wood lumber band APPROACH, ENDS.5mm flat finished wood EF DR DS Square Bevel Reed DU EL EK Radius Bullnose Knife FINISHES The patented Euroluxe finish is a chemically re-engineered Urethane clear coat that preserves the beautiful depth and clarity of OFS' finishes, but allows for much greater performance with chemical and scratch resistance, as well as the complete elimination of dangerous formaldehyde emissions. The Euroluxe finish system achieves indoor air quality standards set by LEED and BIFMA furniture emission standards and allows all products to achieve GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certification by the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute. SilverBan technology is an antimicrobial utilizing silver ions infused into the Euroluxe wood finish for antimicrobial protection on all exposed wood surfaces. SilverBan inhibits the growth of mold, mildew, fungus and bacteria on wood surfaces, as well as odors caused by bacterial growth, by 99.99%. Finish Options: Veneer MCC - Crescent Cherry MFC - Formal Mahogany/Cherry MGC - Grand Cherry MLC - Light Cherry MNC - Natural Cherry MSC - Sable/Cherry MVC - Vintage Mahogany/Cherry MAW - American Walnut MGW - English Walnut (Quartered) MEW - Executive Walnut MFW - Formal Mahogany/Walnut MLW - Legacy Walnut MNW - Natural Walnut (Quartered) MSW - Sable/Walnut MVW - Vintage Mahogany/Walnut MHM - Honey Maple MLM - Light Maple MNM - Natural Maple MCO - Chestnut Oak (Quartered) MRO - Clear Oak (Quartered) MSO - Espresso Oak (Quartered) MUO - European Oak (Quartered) MGO - Steel Grey Oak (Quartered) OFS Wood Grain Laminate MFP - Formal Mahogany/Cherry with HPL Worksurface CHP - Light Cherry with HPL Worksurface VCP - Vintage Mahogany/Cherry with HPL Worksurface LMP - Light Maple with HPL Worksurface MEP - English Walnut with HPL Worksurface EWP - Executive Walnut with HPL Worksurface NWP - Natural Walnut with HPL Worksurface VMP - Vintage Mahogany/Walnut with HPL Worksurface STP - Steel Grey/Oak with HPL Worksurface 157

159 Sebree Specification Guide STANDARD WILSONART HPL Wilsonart -60 and -38 matte texture standard pattern High Pressure Laminates (HPL) are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. Custom laminates can be ordered at an upcharge with extended lead times. Please contact your CSR for a price quotation and availability. Note: Availability is subject to change without notice Limber Maple Fonthill Pear Kensington Maple Grey Putty Beige Light Beige White Antique White Frosty White Black Brune Slate Oxide Almond Leather Grey Glace Neutral Glace Pampas Grey Pampas Beige Pampas Fresco Caldera Beige White Nebula Grey Nebula Graphite Nebula Cloud Nebula Natural Nebula Navy Legacy Olive Legacy Bronze Legacy Tawny Legacy Green Tigris Natural Tigris Saffron Tigris Evening Tigris Karratha Brush Maroochy Brush Woolamai Brush Mystique Moonlight Mystique Marine Mystique Night Mystique Mount Mystique Dawn Pewter Brush White Tigris Windswept Windswept Bronze Windswept Pewter Burnished Chestnut Burnished Ember Titanium EV Silicon EV Nickel EV Tungsten EV Carbon EV Antique Brush Tumbled Roca Villa Roca Terra Roca Antique Roca Desert Zephyr Canyon Zephyr Misted Zephyr Loden Zephyr Twilight Zephyr Morro Zephyr Mission Sage Mission Stone Mission Glaze Cloud Zephyr Shadow Zephyr Spiced Zephyr Western White Western Suede Western Storm Western Bronze Western Hills Western Iron Sheer Mesh Grey Mesh Pewter Mesh Steel Mesh Carbon Mesh Oiled Soapstone Sable Soapstone Flame Soapstone Green Soapstone Pearl Soapstone Tan Soapstone Rustic Slate Tumbled Mosaic Mercury Glass Antique Glass Desert Springs Spicewood Springs Willow Springs Deep Springs White Tea Ginseng Tea Chai Tea Soft Gold Mesh Gilded Mesh Eggplant Pomegranate Tangerine Sweet Corn Kiwi Sprout Blue Agave White Carrara Crema Marfil Venetian Ivory Bordeaux Juparana Venetian Ale White Juparana Golden Juparana Wild Cherry Natural Pear Bannister Oak Solar Oak Beigewood Fusion Maple Manitoba Maple Tuscan Walnut Monticello Maple Castle Oak Huntington Maple River Cherry New Age Oak Brazilwood Harvest Maple Natural Rift Chardonnay D14-60 Port D25-60 Atlantis D30-60 Natural Almond D Hollyberry D Platinum D Brittany Blue D Pepperdust D Sand D Designer White D Indigo D Fashion Grey D White Sand D Lapis Blue D Alabaster D Wallaby D Café Crème D Amazon D Coffee Bean D50-60 Khaki Brown D79-60 Hunter Green D90-60 North Sea D91-60 Slate Grey D92-60 Dove Grey D96-60 Shadow D97-60 Haze The following Wilsonart standard pattern HPL s are available at standard prices with extended lead times Antique White Frosty White Canyon Black Granite Blackstar Granite Ebony Star Bahia Granite Milano Amber Milano Brown Milano Quartz Milano Mahogany Sunstone Tumbled Roca Villa Roca Terra Roca Antique Roca Silver Alchemy Gold Alchemy Milano Baltic Milano Blaze Milano Rosso Polished Mosaic Frosted Glass Sea Glass Bottle Glass Windsor Mahogany Windsor Mahogany Figured Mahogany Wild Cherry Montana Walnut Empire Mahogany Empire Mahogany Nepal Teak English Oak Amber Cherry Amber Cherry Tuscan Walnut Brighton Walnut Brighton Walnut Versailles Anigre Biltmore Cherry Biltmore Cherry Monticello Maple Castle Oak Huntington Maple Cafelle Shaker Cherry Williamsburg Cherry River Cherry New Age Oak Blond Echo Tan Echo Cocobala Colombian Walnut Madagascar Xanadu Rio Mambo Asian Night Asian Sun Asian Sand Honduran Mahogany Zanzibar Kenya Mahogany Hampton Walnut Studio Teak Yarrow Aloe D12-60 Regimental Red D26-60 Persian Blue D Platinum 158

160 Sebree GROMMETS Specification Guide Grommets are located on approach side of tops. Grommet color option must be specified; available in black or silver. See top specification page for upcharge. 60" and 72" Rectangular tops are available with Right (G2), Center (G3), Left (G4), Right-Left (G5), or Right-Center-Left (G8) grommet options. 48" Rectangular tops are available with Center (G3) option only. Overall size 3.375" x 2" Grommet cutout size 3.25" x 1.875" Location to center of grommet 6.75" from approach edge For left and right grommets For 72"W top, 18" from ends For 60"W top, 15" from ends For center grommet Centered between ends G1 No Grommet G2 Grommet on Right G3 Grommet in Center G4 Grommet on Left G5 Grommets Right G8 Grommets Right, and Left Center, and Left Specify grommet color option: G1 No Grommet LJ Black LK Silver POWER CUTOUT OPTIONS Power cutouts are located on approach side of tops. Power cutout option is for cutout opening only (no upcharge). Power/Data Center(s) must be ordered separately for field installation, see pages 182 and 186. For single circuit or multi circuit applications, see page " and 72" Rectangular tops are available with Center (A4R), or Right-Left (A4T) power cutout options. 48" Rectangular tops are available with Center (A4R) option only. Power cutout size " x 2.75" Location to center of cutout 6.75" from approach edge For left and right cutouts For 72"W top, 18" from ends For 60"W top, 15" from ends For center cutout Centered between ends G1 No Power Cutout A4R Power Cutout in Center A4T Power Cutouts Right and Left Power/Data Center - order separately (see pages 182 and 186) Each Power/Data Center contains 1 Duplex Power Outlet and 2 blank data port inserts. For A4R option, order one (1) Power/Data Center. For A4T option, order two (2) Power/Data Centers. Voice and data inserts can be ordered to replace preinstalled blanks in the field. See page 188. Perimeter Single Circuit PS-26 (Black) 1' cord with Perimeter plug PS-27 (Silver) Use with Perimeter Single Circuit System for up to 8 power/data centers, 40' maximum length, using single circuit power in-feed and jumpers (see pages 162 and 163). 4-Trac Multi Circuit PS-30 (Black) 2' cord with a amp plug PS-31 (Silver) Use with 4-Trac Multi Circuit System if power in the top of the worksurace is required. The 2' cord plugs into the multi circuit duplex power modules on the undersurface side of the top (see pages 164 and 165). Stand Alone PS-28 (Black) PS-29 (Silver) 10' cord with straight 15 amp plug Plugs directly into 15 amp wall or floor outlet. For single use, not for ganging. 159

161 Sebree Specification Guide BASE AND MODESTY PANEL CONSTRUCTION Table height with top 30" - factory installed Metallic powder coated frame Integrated modesty panel with material options to coordinate or contrast with top material Integrated top-to-bottom cable management on inside front legs Flip-and-Nest mechanism with single-handed lever Plastic shield covers flip-and-nest mechanism for safety of user Concealed front casters are field-installed Fully-exposed locking casters on back legs Plastic Shield for Flip-and-Nest Mechanism POWER AND DATA Planning Guidelines Step 1 The Room: Step 2 Electrical Equipment: Step 3 Calculate Amps: Step 4 Select the Electrical System: How will the room be used and will it be reconfigured? How will the tables be configured? Where are the room's power sources located? What electrical equipment will be used now and for future needs? Where will the electrical equipment be located? Determine AMPs usage - usually ed on the name plate on the back or bottom of the equipment; may also be found in the user manual. Calculate the total number of AMPs needed and divide that total by 16 to determine the number of circuits needed. If number of circuits is a decimal, round up to the nearest whole number. If AMPs total 12 or fewer, Perimeter single circuit system can be used. If AMPs total 16 or fewer, 4-Trac multi circuit system with 20 amp Plug In-feed can be used if city code does not require hardwire power in-feed. For 4-Trac multi circuit system with Hardwire Power In-feed or Rotating Power Entry with Quick Disconnect, determine the number of circuits needed based on the configuration, power source locations, and equipment location. Our 4-wire, 2-circuit system gives customers the ability to "right-size" their electrical, paying only for the material that is being used. Also available from OFS is an 8-wire, 4-circuit system. Circuits 1, 2, and 3 share a common ground; Circuit 4 has a separate ground and neutral wire and is used for more sensitive equipment needs, such as projectors, printers and servers. For information, please contact your CSR. Always consult with a local authority for compliance with specific code regulations. Electrical Systems Perimeter single circuit system 4-Trac multi circuit system Stand-alone power/data center Plug-and-play with easy reconfigurability Single circuit system (1) 15 amp circuit 12 amp total system rating Self-diagnostic system status Economical Cannot be used where city code requires hardwire power in-feed 4-wire, 2-circuit system Permanent hardwire in-feed with the flexibility of rotating power entry in-feed or 20 amp plug in-feed (20 amp plug in-feed brings system down to 1 circuit) (2) 20 amp circuits; (with 20 amp plug - (1) 20 amp circuit) 16 amps per circuit, 32 per system is maximum allowed for a continuous load Standard underworksurface (2) duplex receptacles - 4 outlets per table Metal conduit option for New York, San Francisco, and anywhere it is required by local code Use in single table applications such as a presenter table 160

162 Sebree Specification Guide POWER TAPS Power/Data Center The Power/Data Center is UL Recognized, and designated models can be used in single circuit, multi circuit, or stand-alone applications. Cord length and plug type are specific to the application, and power/data centers are not interchangeable between applications. Power/Data Centers are ordered separately from the table. Table must be specified with power cutout(s) for field installation of the power/data center(s) - see page 159. The Power/Data Center measures 6.375"W x 3.375"D x 2.75"H. Each Power/Data Center contains 1 duplex power tap (2-15 amp outlets) and 2 blank data port inserts. Voice and data RJ-45 modules can be ordered to replace preinstalled blanks in the field. The Power/Data Center fits into a cutout in the table top. Self-storing lid retracts inside the unit during use. Available in black and silver. Perimeter Single Circuit PS-26 (Black) 1' cord with Perimeter plug PS-27 (Silver) Use up to 8 units where minimal connectivity to building power supply is required. The Power/Data Centers are an integral component of the single circuit system. 4-Trac Multi Circuit PS-30 (Black) 2' cord with a amp plug PS-31 (Silver) Use up to 13 duplex receptacles per circuit where multi circuit connectivity is required. The Power/Data Centers are an add-on option to bring power to the worksurface. Stand Alone PS-28 (Black) PS-29 (Silver) 10' cord with straight 15 amp plug Use for single table for mobility and often-reconfigured tables. The Power/Data Center is a stand alone unit to bring power to the worksurface. RJ-45 Module 5G108RE5 Black single CAT5E module RJ-45 Module U1KEY345-BK Black single CAT3 module Mini Adapt Undersurface Power (Single Circuit Applications Only) PS-20 Mini Adapt is 3.75"W x 3"D x 2"H and consists of 1 undersurface duplex power tap (2-15 amp outlets) with Perimeter plug; can be used only in Perimeter Single Circuit applications. Perimeter Single Circuit PS-20 (Black) 1' cord with Perimeter plug Use up to 8 units where minimal connectivity to building power supply is required. The Mini Adapt Undersurface Power unit can be used as an alternative to the Power/Data centers in a single circuit system for power underneath the worksurface. 161

163 Sebree Specification Guide PERIMETER SINGLE CIRCUIT SYSTEM THE COMPLETE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE Today's conference, learning, and teaming environments demand more furniture flexibility and reconfiguration that is fast and easy. OFS can deliver total "plug-n-play" ease for unlimited power reconfigurations without a service call. Perimeter is a UL 962 recognized electrical system that offers true flexibility and simplicity in reconfiguration of training work space. A safe, reliable, and innovative electrical solution, Perimeter is a single circuit configuration of up to 8 duplex outlets with a standard 15 amp plug and offers total reconfigurability. PERIMETER OVERVIEW OFS utilizes the Perimeter electrical system allowing up to 8 duplex power outlet modules to be daisy-chained together and powered from a single power in-feed with standard 15-amp plug. This system uses patented technology that allows power modules to be connected in any order without the need for sequential keying. The number of power modules connected is automatically limited to the maximum allowed under UL Standard 962. If too many power modules are connected, the control module disconnects all power to the system and illuminates a red diagnostic LED. Power is restored to the system automatically after the extra power module or modules are disconnected, which is indicated by a green diagnostic LED. Power/Data Center with 1' cord and PERIMETER plug. PS-26 (Black) PS-27 (Silver) Mini Adapt Undersurface Power with 1' cord and PERIMETER plug. PS-20 (Black) 40' Maximum Length Power In-Feed Control Module Power In-Feed Control Module 40' Maximum Length TRAINING TABLE APPLICATIONS This system is typically applied to training tables where multiple power outlets are desired to be supplied by one power cord. It is especially valuable in applications where the setup or configuration may change. Its patented technology allows power modules (Power/Data Center or Mini Adapt Undersurface Power) to be connected or reconnected in any order at any time. All power modules offer 3 connection ports for unmatched flexibility in how power modules and the furniture they are mounted to may be arranged or rearranged. SYSTEM COMPONENTS Only 3 component types are needed to create the electrical system: 1. Power In-Feed PWF3 with Transformer on perimeter connector plug end Transformer with 15' cord can be mounted under table top with approximately 13' of cord length between transformer and power oulet plug. 2. Power/Data Center and/or Mini Adapt Undersurface Power 3. Jumper TECHNICAL INFORMATION Single circuit power 12 amp total system rating 15 amp power in-feed cord - 10' Over-current protection Up to 8 duplex devices 2 ft. maximum unsupported cable Connector brackets required between tables Perimeter system by itself is UL Recognized 40 ft. maximum length from control module to last power/data center CONNECTIVITY Maximum number of tables with 1 power/data center per table (8) 48"W or 60"W tables (6) 72"W tables Maximum number of tables with 2 power/data center per table (not available on 48"W tables) (4) 60"W tables (4) 72"W tables 162

164 Sebree PERIMETER JUMPER LENGTHS Specification Guide When using the Perimeter system, the specifier must determine jumper lengths that must be ordered to fit the configuration. See chart below. For assistance, please contact your CSR. Power In-Feed Power In-Feed Jumper Jumper Jumper Jumper Power/Data Centers Table 1 Table 2 Table 1 Table 2 Power/Data Centers With 1 Power/Data Center Per Table Between: Connecting Jumper Length (2) 48" Rectangles 48" (2) 60" Rectangles 60" (2) 72" Rectangles 72" 48" Rectangle - Wedge - 48" Rectangle 60" 60" Rectangle - Wedge - 60" Rectangle 72" 72" Rectangle - Wedge - 72" Rectangle 84" 48" Rectangle - Quarter Round - 48" Rectangle 60" 60" Rectangle - Quarter Round - 60" Rectangle 72" 72" Rectangle - Quarter Round - 72" Rectangle 84" With 2 Power/Data Centers Per 60" or 72" Rectangular Table Between: Connecting Jumper Length (1) 60" Rectangle between Power/Data Centers 30" (1) 72" Rectangle between Power/Data Centers 36" (2) 60" Rectangles 30" (2) 72" Rectangles 36" 60" Rectangle - Wedge - 60" Rectangle 42" 72" Rectangle - Wedge - 72" Rectangle 48" 60" Rectangle - Quarter Round - 60" Rectangle 42" 72" Rectangle - Quarter Round - 72" Rectangle 48" CONNECTOR BRACKETS When jumpers are used to connect power from table to table, connector brackets must be used to prevent separation and damage to electrical system. Specify A4W Set of 2 Connecting Brackets option with each table. See TABLE CONNECTOR BRACKETS OPTION on page

165 I I I I Sebree 4-TRAC MULTI CIRCUIT SYSTEM Specification Guide OFS's 4-Trac Multi Circuit System accommodates typical power needs in a training environment. Powered tables must be joined with Connector Brackets to prevent separation and damage to electrical components. Some city codes require hardwire power in-feed. Metal conduit is required for New York and San Francisco. Consult with a local authority for compliance with specific code regulations. For your particular electrical requirements, OFS has trained staff available to help with your power/data specifications. Please provide: permanent or reconfigurable installation needs room layout drawing showing tables, locations for power in the tables, and the building's power sources All components of the 4-Trac Multi Circuit System are UL ed with the exception of the 20 Amp Power Entry with 90 Plug, which is UL recognized. SYSTEM COMPONENTS 1. Power In-Feed 2. Duplex Receptacle Kits OFS offers 3 types of power in-feeds. Determine the type you need based on need for reconfigurability, the building's available power sources, and local electrical codes. 4-Trac Hardwire Power Entry with 6' Cord PWF-2L Power In-Feed with Black Liquid Tight Conduit Installed at the wall or floor by a licensed electrician. Modular end connects to duplex receptacle kit 20 amp, 2-circuit system No connection sequence required UL ed CIRCUIT KITS CIRCUIT KITS LIQUID TIGHT LIQUID TIGHT For 48" Table MCK48C1L MCK48C2L For 60" Table MCK60C1L MCK60C2L For 72" Table MCK72C1L MCK72C2L METAL CONDUIT METAL CONDUIT For 48" Table MCK48C1M MCK48C2M For 60" Table MCK60C1M MCK60C2M For 72" Table MCK72C1M MCK72C2M The 4-Trac Multi Circuit System is available in kits (duplex receptacle-jumper-duplex receptacle) to simplify electrical specification. Multi Circuit Kits are UL ed. Each kit contains either Circuit I or Circuit II duplex receptacles. Alternating Circuit I and Circuit II kits from table-to-table will prevent accidental overload of any one circuit. Specify an equal number of Circuit I and Circuit II kits and use them alternately between tables that are connected to the same power in-feed. PWF-2M Power In-Feed with Metal Conduit CIRCUIT I KIT Table 1 CIRCUIT II KIT Table 2 CIRCUIT I KIT Table 3 CIRCUIT II KIT Table 4 4-Trac Rotating Power Entry with Quick Disconnect 3. Jumper PWF-2QD Replaces an existing wall outlet; installed by licensed electrician 72" jumper connects from the Rotating Power Entry to duplex receptacle kit (order separately: MCJ72L with Liquid Tight Conduit or MCJ72M withmetal Conduit) 20 amp, 2-circuit system No connection sequence required UL ed 20 Amp Power Entry with 6' Cord and 90 Right Angle Plug PWF-20AMP H Block Connector HCB Plugs into standard 20 amp wall outlet Modular end connects to duplex receptacle kit Limits system to single circuit only 20 amp, 1-circuit system All kits in series must be Circuit I No connection sequence required UL recognized Some configurations and building power supply locations may require bringing power to the table in a location other than the ends. The UL ed H block connector, model number HCB, enables connection at your desired location. Jumper lengths will depend on the application; some lengths may require jumper to be coiled underneath the worksurface so that the modular end can be inserted into the H block connector. STANDARD FEATURES 4-wires, 2 circuits, 20 amps each (Circuit I and II only) 13 - duplex receptacles per circuit, amp duplex receptacles per power in-feed maximum Easy to specify Easy to install and reconfigure UL Listed as a Manufactured Wiring System More economical than 8-wire system CONNECTIVITY MCJ26L MCJ26M Appropriate-length jumper(s) must be specified, depending on the application (see page 165). Jumpers are UL ed. Most computing is done via laptops; total amps should not exceed 16 amps per circuit. In a training environment utilizing computer towers and monitors, the 4-wire, 2-circuit system supports 4 computers per circuit. If 2 computers are used per 72" table, the 4-wire, 2-circuit system supports power for 24 linear feet of worksurface or 4 tables. Other electrical needs, such as a projector, are generally few and can be accommodated by the 4-wire, 2-circuit system. Length limitation for jumpers and in-feeds: 300" or 25' Maximum duplex receptacles allowed: (13) duplex receptacles per circuit, (26) per in-feed Recommendations: (10) duplex receptacles per circuit, (20) per in-feed, or (4) computer towers and monitors per circuit, (8) computer towers and monitors per in-feed 164

166 Sebree 4-TRAC MULTI CIRCUIT JUMPER LENGTHS Specification Guide When using the 4-TracMulti Circuit system, the specifier must determine jumper lengths that must be ordered to fit the configuration. See chart below. For assistance, please contact your CSR. Multi-Circuit Kit (3 components) Jumper Power In-Feed Connecting Jumper Length Rectangle - Rectangle end-to-end 26" Rectangle - Rectangle back-to-back 26" Rectangle - 18 Wedge - Rectangle 30" Rectangle - 30 Wedge - Rectangle 31" Rectangle - 45 Wedge - Rectangle 33" Rectangle - 60 Wedge - Rectangle 35" Rectangle - Quarter Round - Rectangle 31" USING POWER/DATA CENTERS IN MULTI CIRCUIT SYSTEM Power/Data Centers can be used in the multi circuit system to bring power to the worksurface. Each Power/Data Center has (1) duplex receptacle and 2 blank data ports for RJ-45 modules (purchased separately). With 1 Power/Data Center Per Table Multi-Circuit Kit (3 components) Jumper Power In-Feed Power/Data Center With 2 Power/Data Centers Per Table Multi-Circuit Kit (3 components) Jumper Power In-Feed Power/Data Center Multi Circuit PS-30 (Black) PS-31 (Silver) 2' cord with a amp plug CONNECTOR BRACKETS When jumpers are used to connect power from table to table, connector brackets must be used to prevent separation and damage to electrical system. Specify A4W Set of 2 Connecting Brackets option with each table. See TABLE CONNECTOR BRACKETS OPTION on page

167 Sebree TABLE CONNECTOR BRACKETS OPTION Specification Guide Connector brackets are required when single circuit or multi circuit electric systems are installed in 2 or more tables to prevent separation and damage to electrical system. The set of 2 brackets consists of 2 steel plates and 4 thumb screws per table. Tops are predrilled for connector brackets. Brackets are attached using thumb screws into threaded inserts. No tools are required. Brackets are self storing under the top when not being used. Connector brackets are sold as an option of the top. However, all tops are predrilled so connector brackets can also be retrofit in the field, no tools required. For retrofit, purchase brackets as a separate model number TC1 in a set of 2 to install on previously purchased tables (see page 188). TOP OPTION: A4V No Connector Brackets Connector brackets are required when a single or multi circuit electrical system is installed in 2 or more tops. Set of 2 Connecting Brackets A4W Option: Set of 2 Connector Brackets Add A4W to model number to order as an option of the table. MODEL NUMBER (retrofit in the field): TC1 Model Number: Set of 2 Connector Brackets Order by model number for retrofitting connector brackets in the field. When storing tables, the jumpers between tables should be removed and stored separately in the same location as the tables. With the 4-Trac Multi Circuit System, when reconfiguring the tables, make certain to reassemble by alternating tables with Circuit I Kits and tables with Circuit II Kits. WIRE MANAGEMENT TROUGHS When the Perimeter Single Circuit System or the 4-Trac Multi Circuit System is specified, OFS recommends using a wire management trough to route and conceal wiring. Wire management troughs are to be ordered separately. The black metal wire management troughs are offered in lengths to fit table widths. B4704WMT B5904WMT B7104WMT Use on 48"W tables Use on 60"W tables Use on 72"W tables Wire management troughs have cutouts in specific locations to allow easy accessibility to duplex receptacles. Wire Management Trough 166

168 Sebree CABLE MANAGEMENT Specification Guide Vertebra Cable Manager is available to route wires from the tabletop to the floor. Order separately. Select from Transparent, Graphite, or Silver colors. Vertebra Cable Manager For undersurface cable management, use Cable Management Undersurface Clip (Black only) or Velcro Wire Manager (Black only) accessories. Order separately. Cable Manager Undersurface Clip Velcro Wire Manager SUPPORT UNITS Lecterns, Markerboards, Hospitality Carts, and Visual Presentation Boards are available with options to coordinate with training tables. See pages FOOTPRINT FOR STORAGE OF TABLES IN NESTING POSITION 72" 60" 5.5" 48" 47.25" Side View Top View 167

169 Sebree TOP HPL Training USER EDGE 3mm PVC - Solid Color model description w d h wt cu ft Rectangular Flip-and-Nest Training Table High pressure laminate (HPL) top 3mm, solid color, flat PVC edge all 4 sides Metallic powdercoated frame 10" modesty panel Concealed caster on approach side Swivel locking caster on user side Tilt and nest BC4824R $ 2,276 BC6024R $ 2,516 BC7224R $ 2,682 BC4830R $ 2,352 BC6030R $ 2,614 BC7230R $ 2,807 OPTIONS LAMINATE EDGE COLOR MODESTY MODESTY INSERT GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT GROMMET COLOR CONNECTING BRACKETS Wilsonart matte texture BL2 - Black A8K - Wood MCC MNW* 48" Rectangular Tops are available G1 - No Grommet A4V - No Bracket (standard) - standard pattern color FW2 - Frosty White MFC MSW with center G3 grommet and A4R LJ - Black No Upcharge laminates are available GR2 - Grey MGC MVW power cutout options only. LK - Silver A4W - Set of 2 - Add $29 at standard prices. Lead times may be PN2 - Platinum MLC MHM G1 - No Grommet/Power Cutout extended depending on SH2 - Shadow MNC MLM (standard) - No Upcharge supplier s availability. SG2 - Slate Grey MSC MNM G2 - Grommet on Right - See page 158. WL2 - Wallaby MVC MCO* Add $59 MAW MRO* G3 - Grommet in Center - OFS Wood Grain MGW* MSO* Add $59 Laminates MEW MUO* G4 - Grommet on Left - MFP EWP MFW MGO* Add $59 CHP NWP MLW G5 - Grommets Right and Left - VCP VMP *Quartered Add $118 LMP STP G8 - Grommets Right, Left and MEP A8L - Glass - BGL - Black Center - Add $177 For BC4824R, add $486 WGL - White A4R and A4T options are for cutout For BC6024R, add $563 For BC7224R, add $668 For BC4830R, add $486 For BC6030R, add $563 For BC7230R, add $668 opening only. Power/Data Centers must be ordered separately. See pages 182 and 186. A4R - Power Cutout in Center A4T - Power Cutout on Right and Left A8N - HPL Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. HOW TO ORDER 168 MODEL NUMBER BC4824R LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh EDGE COLOR AV2 MODESTY A8K MODESTY INSERT MCC GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT G3 GROMMET COLOR LJ CONNECTING BRACKETS A4V

170 Sebree TOP HPL Training USER EDGE 3mm PVC - Solid Color model description w d h wt cu ft ist Top - Quarter Round High pressure laminate (HPL) top 3mm, solid color, flat PVC edges Top supported by connecting tops BC2424Q 24" connecting edges $ 240 BC3030Q 30" connecting edges $ 296 Top - Wedge High pressure laminate (HPL) top 3mm, solid color, flat PVC edges Top supported by connecting tops BC1824W (18 ) 24" connecting edges $ 203 BC3024W (30 ) 24" connecting edges $ 225 BC4524W (45 ) 24" connecting edges $ 250 BC6024W (60 ) 24" connecting edges $ 269 BC1830W (18 ) 30" connecting edges $ 216 BC3030W (30 ) 30" connecting edges $ 238 BC4530W (45 ) 30" connecting edges $ 278 BC6030W (60 ) 30" connecting edges $ 304 OPTIONS LAMINATE Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. OFS Wood Grain Laminates MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP EDGE COLOR BL2 - Black FW2 - Frosty White GR2 - Grey PN2 - Platinum SH2 - Shadow SG2 - Slate Grey WL2 - Wallaby HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER BC2424Q LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh EDGE COLOR AV2 169

171 Sebree TOP HPL Training USER EDGE Self Edge model description w d h wt cu ft Rectangular Flip-and-Nest Training Table High pressure laminate (HPL) top High pressure laminate (HPL) self edge all 4 sides Metallic powdercoated frame 10" modesty panel Concealed caster on approach side Swivel locking caster on user side Tilt and nest BL4824R $ 2,311 BL6024R $ 2,567 BL7224R $ 2,735 BL4830R $ 2,387 BL6030R $ 2,683 BL7230R $ 2,880 OPTIONS LAMINATE MODESTY MODESTY INSERT GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT GROMMET COLOR CONNECTING BRACKETS Wilsonart matte texture A8K - Wood MCC MNW* 48" Rectangular Tops are available G1 - No Grommet A4V - No Bracket (standard) - standard pattern color MFC MSW with center G3 grommet and A4R LJ - Black No Upcharge laminates are available MGC MVW power cutout options only. LK - Silver A4W - Set of 2 - Add $29 at standard prices. MLC MHM G1 - No Grommet/Power Cutout Lead times may be extended depending on MNC MLM (standard) - No Upcharge supplier s availability. MSC MNM G2 - Grommet on Right - See page 158. MVC MCO* Add $59 MAW MRO* G3 - Grommet in Center - OFS Wood Grain MGW* MSO* Add $59 Laminates MEW MUO* G4 - Grommet on Left - MFP EWP MFW MGO* Add $59 CHP NWP MLW G5 - Grommets Right and Left - VCP VMP *Quartered Add $118 LMP STP G8 - Grommets Right, Left and MEP A8L - Glass - BGL - Black Center - Add $177 For BL4824R, add $486 WGL - White A4R and A4T options are for cutout For BL6024R, add $563 For BL7224R, add $668 For BL4830R, add $486 For BL6030R, add $563 For BL7230R, add $668 opening only. Power/Data Centers must be ordered separately. See pages 182 and 186. A4R - Power Cutout in Center A4T - Power Cutout on Right and Left A8N - HPL Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. HOW TO ORDER 170 MODEL NUMBER BL4824R LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh MODESTY A8K MODESTY INSERT MCC GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT G3 GROMMET COLOR LJ CONNECTING BRACKETS A4V

172 Sebree TOP HPL Training USER EDGE Self Edge model description w d h wt cu ft ilst Top - Quarter Round High pressure laminate (HPL) top High pressure laminate (HPL) self edge Top supported by connecting tops BL2424Q 24" connecting edges $ 275 BL3030Q 30" connecting edges $ 342 Top - Wedge High pressure laminate (HPL) top High pressure laminate (HPL) self edge Top supported by connecting tops BL1824W (18 ) 24" connecting edges $ 283 BL3024W (30 ) 24" connecting edges $ 321 BL4524W (45 ) 24" connecting edges $ 359 BL6024W (60 ) 24" connecting edges $ 393 BL1830W (18 ) 30" connecting edges $ 302 BL3030W (30 ) 30" connecting edges $ 324 BL4530W (45 ) 30" connecting edges $ 368 BL6030W (60 ) 30" connecting edges $ 399 OPTIONS LAMINATE Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. OFS Wood Grain Laminates MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER BL2424Q LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh 171

173 Sebree TOP HPL Training USER EDGE Bullnose T-Mold model description w d h wt cu ft Rectangular Flip-and-Nest Training Table High pressure laminate (HPL) top Black,.5"W bullnose T-molding on user edge 3mm, black, flat PVC on approach edge and ends Metallic powdercoated frame 10" modesty panel Concealed caster on approach side Swivel locking caster on user side Tilt and nest BT4824R $ 2,361 BT6024R $ 2,601 BT7224R $ 2,788 BT4830R $ 2,449 BT6030R $ 2,701 BT7230R $ 2,911 OPTIONS LAMINATE MODESTY MODESTY INSERT GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT GROMMET COLOR CONNECTING BRACKETS Wilsonart matte texture A8K - Wood MCC MNW* G1 - No Grommet A4V - No Bracket (standard) - standard pattern color MFC MSW LJ - Black No Upcharge laminates are available MGC MVW LK - Silver A4W - Set of 2 - Add $29 at standard prices. MLC MHM Lead times may be extended depending on MNC MLM supplier s availability. MSC MNM See page 158. MVC MCO* MAW MRO* MGW* MSO* MEW MUO* MFW MGO* MLW *Quartered A8L - Glass - For BT4824R, add $486 For BT6024R, add $563 For BT7224R, add $668 For BT4830R, add $486 For BT6030R, add $563 For BT7230R, add $668 A8N - HPL BGL - Black WGL - White Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page " Rectangular Tops are available with center G3 grommet and A4R power cutout options only. G1 - No Grommet/Power Cutout (standard) - No Upcharge G2 - Grommet on Right - Add $59 G3 - Grommet in Center - Add $59 G4 - Grommet on Left - Add $59 G5 - Grommets Right and Left - Add $118 G8 - Grommets Right, Left and Center - Add $177 A4R and A4T options are for cutout opening only. Power/Data Centers must be ordered separately. See pages 182 and 186. A4R - Power Cutout in Center A4T - Power Cutout on Right and Left HOW TO ORDER 172 MODEL NUMBER BT4824R LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh MODESTY A8K MODESTY INSERT MCC GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT G3 GROMMET COLOR LJ CONNECTING BRACKETS A4V

174 Sebree TOP HPL Training USER EDGE Bullnose T-Mold model description w d h wt cu ft Top - Quarter Round High pressure laminate (HPL) top Black,.5"W bullnose T-molding on user edge 3mm, black, flat PVC connecting edges Top supported by connecting tops BT2424Q 24" connecting edges $ 312 BT3030Q 30" connecting edges $ 406 Top - Wedge High pressure laminate (HPL) top Black,.5"W bullnose T-molding on user edge 3mm, black, flat PVC approach and connecting edges Top supported by connecting tops BT1824W (18 ) 24" connecting edges $ 203 BT3024W (30 ) 24" connecting edges $ 237 BT4524W (45 ) 24" connecting edges $ 272 BT6024W (60 ) 24" connecting edges $ 307 BT1830W (18 ) 30" connecting edges $ 224 BT3030W (30 ) 30" connecting edges $ 259 BT4530W (45 ) 30" connecting edges $ 323 BT6030W (60 ) 30" connecting edges $ 371 OPTIONS LAMINATE Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER BT2424Q LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh 173

175 Sebree TOP Veneer or HPL Training USER EDGE 3mm Wood model description w d h wt cu ft Rectangular Flip-and-Nest Training Table Wood veneer or high pressure laminate (HPL) top 3mm, finished wood, shaped user edge.5mm, finished wood veneer, flat approach edge and ends Metallic powdercoated frame 10" modesty panel Concealed caster on approach side Swivel locking caster on user side Tilt and nest BW4824R $ 2,460 BW6024R $ 2,751 BW7224R $ 2,959 BW4830R $ 2,558 BW6030R $ 2,881 BW7230R $ 3,124 OPTIONS FINISH EDGE SHAPE MODESTY MODESTY INSERT GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT GROMMET COLOR CONNECTING BRACKETS Veneer A8K - Wood MCC MGW* MLM G1 - No Grommet A4V - No Bracket (standard) - MCC MNW* MFC MEW MNM LJ - Black No Upcharge MFC MSW MGC MFW MCO* LK - Silver A4W - Set of 2 - Add $29 DN - Square MGC MVW MLC MLW MRO* MLC MHM MNC MNW* MSO* MNC MLM MSC MSW MUO* MSC MNM MVC MVW MGO* MVC MCO* DM - Bead MAW MHM MAW MRO* *Quartered MGW* MSO* BGL - Black MEW MUO* WGL - White MFW MGO* DQ - Flair MLW *Quartered OFS Wood Grain Laminates MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. A8L - Glass - For BW4824R, add $486 For BW6024R, add $563 For BW7224R, add $668 For BW4830R, add $486 For BW6030R, add $563 For BW7230R, add $668 A8N - HPL OFS Wood Grain Laminates MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page " Rectangular Tops are available with center G3 grommet and A4R power cutout options only. G1 - No Grommet/Power Cutout (standard) - No Upcharge G2 - Grommet on Right - Add $59 G3 - Grommet in Center - Add $59 G4 - Grommet on Left - Add $59 G5 - Grommets Right and Left - Add $118 G8 - Grommets Right, Left and Center - Add $177 A4R and A4T options are for cutout opening only. Power/Data Centers must be ordered separately. See pages 182 and 186. A4R - Power Cutout in Center A4T - Power Cutout on Right and Left HOW TO ORDER (For Veneer or OFS Laminate table) MODEL NUMBER BW4824R FINISH MCC EDGE SHAPE DN MODESTY A8K MODESTY INSERT MCC GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT G3 GROMMET COLOR LJ CONNECTING BRACKETS A4V HOW TO ORDER (For Wilsonart HPL table) 174 MODEL NUMBER BW4824R LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh FINISH (for edge) MCC EDGE SHAPE DN MODESTY A8N MODESTY INSERT Wilsonart Pewter Mesh GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT G3 GROMMET COLOR LJ CONNECTING BRACKETS A4V

176 Sebree TOP Veneer or HPL Training USER EDGE 3mm Wood model description w d h wt cu ft Top - Quarter Round Wood veneer or high pressure laminate (HPL) top 3mm, finished wood, shaped user edge.5mm, finished wood veneer, flat connecting edges Top supported by connecting tops BW2424Q 24" connecting edges $ 497 BW3030Q 30" connecting edges $ 654 Top - Wedge Wood veneer or high pressure laminate (HPL) top 3mm, finished wood, shaped user edge.5mm, finished wood veneer, flat approach and connecting edges Top supported by connecting tops BW1824W (18 ) 24" connecting edges $ 176 BW3024W (30 ) 24" connecting edges $ 233 BW4524W (45 ) 24" connecting edges $ 311 BW6024W (60 ) 24" connecting edges $ 383 BW1830W (18 ) 30" connecting edges $ 229 BW3030W (30 ) 30" connecting edges $ 302 BW4530W (45 ) 30" connecting edges $ 424 BW6030W (60 ) 30" connecting edges $ 529 OPTIONS FINISH Veneer MCC MNW* MFC MSW MGC MVW MLC MHM MNC MLM MSC MNM MVC MCO* MAW MRO* MGW* MSO* MEW MUO* MFW MGO* MLW *Quartered EDGE SHAPE DN - Square DM - Bead DQ - Flair OFS Wood Grain Laminates MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. HOW TO ORDER (For Veneer or OFS Laminate top) MODEL NUMBER BW2424Q FINISH EDGE SHAPE MCC DN HOW TO ORDER (For Wilsonart HPL top) MODEL NUMBER BW2424Q LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh FINISH (for edge) MCC EDGE SHAPE DN 175

177 Sebree TOP HPL Training USER EDGE Urethane model description w d h wt cu ft Rectangular Flip-and-Nest Training Table High pressure laminate (HPL) top Urethane, shaped user edge 3mm flat PVC approach edge and ends Metallic powdercoated frame 10" modesty panel Concealed caster on approach side Swivel locking caster on user side Tilt and nest BU4824R $ 2,659 BU6024R $ 2,976 BU7224R $ 3,238 BU4830R $ 2,780 BU6030R $ 3,108 BU7230R $ 3,387 OPTIONS LAMINATE EDGE COLOR EDGE SHAPE MODESTY MODESTY INSERT GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT GROMMET COLOR CONNECTING BRACKETS Wilsonart matte texture LBU - Artisan Tan A8K - Wood MCC MNW* 48" Rectangular Tops are available G1 - No Grommet A4V - No Bracket standard pattern color BKU - Black MFC MSW with center G3 grommet and A4R LJ - Black (standard) - laminates are available BRS - Brownstone MGC MVW power cutout options only. LK - Silver No Upcharge at standard prices. A4N - Bullnose Lead times may be PEP - Evening Shadow MLC MHM G1 - No Grommet/Power Cutout A4W - Set of 2 - extended depending on FLS - Folkstone MNC MLM (standard) - No Upcharge Add $29 supplier s availability. GRH - Graphite MSC MNM G2 - Grommet on Right - See page 158. SLT - Greymatters MVC MCO* Add $59 MAW NNR - Innertone MRO* G3 - Grommet in Center - A4J - Eased NNL - Innertone Light MGW* MSO* Add $59 MEW MUO* G4 - Grommet on Left - LGT - Light Tone MFW MGO* Add $59 MED - Medium Tone MLW G5 - Grommets Right and Left - KHU - Sand Dune *Quartered Add $118 SHD - Shady Lane A4K - Comfort G8 - Grommets Right, Left and SWH - Soft White BGL - Black Center - Add $177 DVG - Twilight Gray WGL - White A4R and A4T options are for cutout WNB - Wineberry opening only. Power/Data Centers must be ordered separately. See pages 182 and 186. A4L - Ergoflex A4R - Power Cutout in Center A4T - Power Cutout on Right and Left A4M - Rounded Knife A8L - Glass - For BU4824R, add $486 For BU6024R, add $563 For BU7224R, add $668 For BU4830R, add $486 For BU6030R, add $563 For BU7230R, add $668 A8N - HPL Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. HOW TO ORDER 176 MODEL NUMBER BU4824R LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh EDGE COLOR GRH EDGE SHAPE A4N MODESTY A8K MODESTY INSERT MCC GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT G3 GROMMET COLOR LJ CONNECTING BRACKETS A4V

178 Sebree TOP HPL Training USER EDGE Urethane model description w d h wt cu ft Top - Quarter Round High pressure laminate (HPL) top Urethane, shaped user edge 3mm flat PVC connecting edges Top supported by connecting tops BU2424Q 24" connecting edges $ 915 BU3030Q 30" connecting edges $ 1,063 Top - Wedge 18 High pressure laminate (HPL) top Urethane, shaped user edge 3mm flat PVC approach and connecting edges Top supported by connecting tops Note: A4L Ergoflex edge not available on wedge top BU1824W (18 ) 24" connecting edges $ 983 BU3024W (30 ) 24" connecting edges $ 992 BU4524W (45 ) 24" connecting edges $ 996 BU6024W (60 ) 24" connecting edges $ 1,038 BU1830W (18 ) 30" connecting edges $ 1,136 BU3030W (30 ) 30" connecting edges $ 1,142 BU4530W (45 ) 30" connecting edges $ 1,147 BU6030W (60 ) 30" connecting edges $ 1,196 OPTIONS LAMINATE EDGE COLOR EDGE SHAPE Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. LBU - Artisan Tan BKU - Black BRS - Brownstone PEP - Evening Shadow FLS - Folkstone GRH - Graphite SLT - Greymatters NNR - Innertone NNL - Innertone Light LGT - Light Tone MED - Medium Tone KHU - Sand Dune SHD - Shady Lane SWH - Soft White DVG - Twilight Gray WNB - Wineberry A4N - Bullnose A4J - Eased A4K - Comfort A4L - Ergoflex Available on Quarter Round tops only A4M - Rounded Knife HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER BU2424Q LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh EDGE COLOR GRH EDGE SHAPE A4N 177

179 Sebree TOP Veneer or HPL Training USER EDGE Internal Lumber Band model description w d h wt cu ft Rectangular Flip-and-Nest Training Table Wood veneer or high pressure laminate (HPL) top Internal lumber band, finished, shaped user edge.5mm, finished wood veneer, flat approach edge and ends Metallic powdercoated frame 10" modesty panel Concealed caster on approach side Swivel locking caster on user side Tilt and nest BN4824R $ 2,624 BN6024R $ 2,933 BN7224R $ 3,183 BN4830R $ 2,726 BN6030R $ 3,057 BN7230R $ 3,334 OPTIONS FINISH EDGE SHAPE MODESTY MODESTY INSERT GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT GROMMET COLOR CONNECTING BRACKETS Veneer A8K - Wood MCC MGW* MLM G1 - No Grommet A4V - No Bracket (standard) - MCC MNW* MFC MEW MNM LJ - Black No Upcharge MFC MSW MGC MFW MCO* LK - Silver A4W - Set of 2 - Add $29 DS - Reed MGC MVW MLC MLW MRO* MLC MHM MNC MNW* MSO* MNC MLM MSC MSW MUO* MSC MNM MVC MVW MGO* MVC MCO* DU - Radius MAW MHM MAW MRO* *Quartered MGW* MSO* BGL - Black MEW MUO* WGL - White MFW MGO* DR - Bevel MLW *Quartered OFS Wood Grain Laminates MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. A8L - Glass - For BN4824R, add $486 For BN6024R, add $563 For BN7224R, add $668 For BN4830R, add $486 For BN6030R, add $563 For BN7230R, add $668 A8N - HPL OFS Wood Grain Laminates MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page " Rectangular Tops are available with center G3 grommet and A4R power cutout options only. G1 - No Grommet/Power Cutout (standard) - No Upcharge G2 - Grommet on Right - Add $59 G3 - Grommet in Center - Add $59 ) G4 - Grommet on Left - Add $59 G5 - Grommets Right and Left - Add $118 G8 - Grommets Right, Left and Center - Add $177 A4R and A4T options are for cutout opening only. Power/Data Centers must be ordered separately. See pages 182 and 186. A4R - Power Cutout in Center A4T - Power Cutout on Right and Left HOW TO ORDER (For Veneer or OFS Laminate table) MODEL NUMBER BN4824R FINISH MCC EDGE SHAPE DS MODESTY A8K MODESTY INSERT MCC GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT G3 GROMMET COLOR LJ CONNECTING BRACKETS A4V HOW TO ORDER (For Wilsonart HPL table) 178 MODEL NUMBER BN4824R LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh FINISH (for edge) MCC EDGE SHAPE DS MODESTY A8N MODESTY INSERT Wilsonart Pewter Mesh GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT G3 GROMMET COLOR LJ CONNECTING BRACKETS A4V

180 Sebree TOP Veneer or HPL Training USER EDGE Internal Lumber Band model description w d h wt cu ft Top - Quarter Round Wood veneer or high pressure laminate (HPL) top Internal lumber band, finished, shaped user edge.5mm, finished wood veneer, flat connecting edges Top supported by connecting tops BN2424Q 24" connecting edges $ 836 BN3030Q 30" connecting edges $ 1,070 Top - Wedge Wood veneer or high pressure laminate (HPL) top Internal lumber band, finished, shaped user edge.5mm, finished wood veneer, flat connecting edges Top supported by connecting tops BN1824W (18 ) 24" connecting edges $ 255 BN3024W (30 ) 24" connecting edges $ 359 BN4524W (45 ) 24" connecting edges $ 483 BN6024W (60 ) 24" connecting edges $ 614 BN1830W (18 ) 30" connecting edges $ 331 BN3030W (30 ) 30" connecting edges $ 449 BN4530W (45 ) 30" connecting edges $ 636 BN6030W (60 ) 30" connecting edges $ 810 OPTIONS FINISH Veneer MCC MNW* MFC MSW MGC MVW MLC MHM MNC MLM MSC MNM MVC MCO* MAW MRO* MGW* MSO* MEW MUO* MFW MGO* MLW *Quartered EDGE SHAPE DS - Reed DU - Radius DR - Bevel OFS Wood Grain Laminates MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. HOW TO ORDER (For Veneer or OFS Laminate top) MODEL NUMBER BN2424Q FINISH EDGE SHAPE MCC DS HOW TO ORDER (For Wilsonart HPL top) MODEL NUMBER BN2424Q LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh FINISH (for edge) MCC EDGE SHAPE DS 179

181 Sebree TOP HPL Non-Wood Grain Training USER EDGE External Lumber Band model description w d h wt cu ft Rectangular Flip-and-Nest Training Table High pressure laminate (HPL) non-wood grain top 1.375"W external lumber band, finished, shaped user edge Flat approach edge and ends Metallic powdercoated frame 10" modesty panel Concealed caster on approach side Swivel locking caster on user side Tilt and nest BX4824R $ 2,724 BX6024R $ 3,041 BX7224R $ 3,314 BX4830R $ 2,833 BX6030R $ 3,166 BX7230R $ 3,462 OPTIONS NON-WOOD GRAIN LAMINATE EDGE FINISH EDGE SHAPE MODESTY MODESTY INSERT GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT GROMMET COLOR CONNECTING BRACKETS Wilsonart matte texture MCC A8K - Wood MCC MNW* 48" Rectangular Tops are available G1 - No Grommet A4V - No Bracket (standard) - standard pattern color MFC MFC MSW with center G3 grommet and A4R LJ - Black No Upcharge laminates are available at standard prices. MGC MGC MVW power cutout options only. LK - Silver A4W - Set of 2 - Add $29 EF - Square Lead times may be MLC MLC MHM G1 - No Grommet/Power Cutout extended depending on MNC MLM (standard) - No Upcharge MNC supplier s availability. MSC MNM G2 - Grommet on Right - MSC See page 158 (non-wood MVC grain laminates only). MVC DR - Bevel MCO* Add $59 MAW MRO* G3 - Grommet in Center - MAW MGW* MSO* Add $59 MGW* MEW MUO* G4 - Grommet on Left - MEW MFW DS - Reed MGO* Add $59 MFW MLW G5 - Grommets Right and Left - MLW *Quartered Add $118 G8 - Grommets Right, Left and MNW* A8L - Glass - BGL - Black Center - Add $177 MSW DU - Radius For BX4824R, add $486 WGL - White A4R and A4T options are for cutout MVW For BX6024R, add $563 opening only. Power/Data Centers MHM For BX7224R, add $668 must be ordered separately. See For BX4830R, add $486 pages 182 and 186. MLM EL - Bullnose For BX6030R, add $563 A4R - Power Cutout in Center MNM For BX7230R, add $668 A4T - Power Cutout on Right and Left MCO* A8N - HPL Wilsonart matte texture MRO* standard pattern color EK - Knife MSO* laminates are available MUO* at standard prices. Lead times may be MGO* extended depending on *Quartered supplier s availability. See page 158 (non-wood grain laminates only). HOW TO ORDER (Non-Wood Grain Laminate top only) 180 MODEL NUMBER BX4824R NON-WOOD GRAIN LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh EDGE FINISH MCC EDGE SHAPE EF MODESTY A8K MODESTY INSERT MCC GROMMET/POWER CUTOUT G3 GROMMET COLOR LJ CONNECTING BRACKETS A4V

182 Sebree TOP HPL Non-Wood Grain Training USER EDGE External Lumber Band model description w d h wt cu ft Top - Quarter Round High pressure laminate (HPL) non-wood grain top 1.375"W external lumber band, finished, shaped user edge Flat connecting edges Top supported by connecting tops BX2424Q 24" connecting edges $ 1,293 BX3030Q 30" connecting edges $ 1,712 Top - Wedge High pressure laminate (HPL) non-wood grain top 1.375"W external lumber band, finished, shaped user edge Flat approach and connecting edges Top supported by connecting tops BX1824W (18 ) 24" connecting edges $ 449 BX3024W (30 ) 24" connecting edges $ 508 BX4524W (45 ) 24" connecting edges $ 764 BX6024W (60 ) 24" connecting edges $ 919 BX1830W (18 ) 30" connecting edges $ 511 BX3030W (30 ) 30" connecting edges $ 723 BX4530W (45 ) 30" connecting edges $ 964 BX6030W (60 ) 30" connecting edges $ 1,217 OPTIONS NON-WOOD GRAIN LAMINATE EDGE FINISH EDGE SHAPE Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158 (non-wood grain laminates only). MCC MFC MGC MLC MNC MSC MVC MAW MGW* MEW MFW MLW MNW* MSW MVW MHM MLM MNM MCO* MRO* MSO* MUO* MGO* *Quartered EF - Square DR - Bevel DS - Reed DU - Radius EL - Bullnose EK - Knife HOW TO ORDER (Non-Wood Grain Laminate top only) MODEL NUMBER BX2424Q NON-WOOD GRAIN LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh EDGE FINISH MCC EDGE SHAPE EF 181

183 Sebree Training Tabletop Duplex Power Data Center POWER AND DATA model description w d h wt cu ft Metal retractable lid 10' cord with straight 15 amp plug 2 black blank data port inserts (2) 15 amp outlets UL ed PS-28 Black $ 164 PS-29 Silver $ 164 Single Circuit System Components Power In-Feed Single circuit 15' cord Transformer with Perimeter plug 15 amp power in-feed Diagnostic LED control module UL recognized PWF3 15' 6 1 $ 270 Tabletop Duplex Power Data Center Metal retractable lid 1' cord with Perimeter plug 2 black blank data port inserts (2) 15 amp outlets UL recognized PS-26 Black $ 164 PS-27 Silver $ 164 Under Surface Duplex Electrical Outlet 1' cord with Perimeter plug (2) 15 amp outlets UL recognized PS-20 Black $ 122 Jumper Single circuit jumper Jumper used to connect Power/Data Center in surface to Under Surface Duplex Electrical Outlet UL recognized SCJ $ 47 Jumper Single circuit jumper UL recognized SCJ $ 53 SCJ $ 57 SCJ $ 60 SCJ $ 64 SCJ $ 72 SCJ $ 76 SCJ $ 79 HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER PS

184 Sebree Training POWER AND DATA Multi Circuit System Components Power In-Feed Liquid Tight Conduit model description w d h wt cu ft Liquid tight conduit 6' cord Hardwire UL ed PWF2L 6' 14 1 $ 100 Power In-Feed Metal Conduit Metal conduit 6' cord Hardwire UL ed PWF2M 6' 14 1 $ 86 Rotating Power In-Feed Quick disconnect wall outlet Allows cords to be removed from wall when hardwiring UL ed PWF2QD $ 84 Power In-Feed Limits system to one circuit (must use all Circuit I components) 20 amp plug Usage requires 20 amp wall outlet 90 plug 6' cord UL recognized PWF20AMP 6' 14 1 $ 167 H block Connector Enables power connection to start at any point in the chain of tables UL ed HCB $ 22 HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER PWF2L 183

185 II I II II I I II I Sebree Training Multi Circuit Kit - Circuit I Liquid Tight Conduit POWER AND DATA model description w d h wt cu ft Circuit I liquid tight conduit (2) Circuit I duplex receptacles with connecting jumper Mounting hardware UL ed MCK48C1L Use with 48" tables $ 139 MCK60C1L Use with 60" tables $ 146 MCK72C1L Use with 72" tables $ 154 Multi Circuit Kit - Circuit II Liquid Tight Conduit Circuit II liquid tight conduit (2) Circuit II duplex receptacles with connecting jumper Mounting hardware UL ed MCK48C2L Use with 48" tables $ 139 MCK60C2L Use with 60" tables $ 146 MCK72C2L Use with 72" tables $ 154 Multi Circuit Kit - Circuit I Metal Conduit Circuit I metal conduit (2) Circuit I duplex receptacles with connecting jumper Mounting hardware UL ed MCK48C1M Use with 48" tables $ 141 MCK60C1M Use with 60" tables $ 148 MCK72C1M Use with 72" tables $ 156 Multi Circuit Kit - Circuit II Metal Conduit Circuit II metal conduit (2) Circuit II duplex receptacles with connecting jumper Mounting hardware UL ed MCK48C2M Use with 48" tables $ 141 MCK60C2M Use with 60" tables $ 148 MCK72C2M Use with 72" tables $ 156 HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER MCK48C1L 184

186 Sebree Training Jumper Liquid Tight Conduit POWER AND DATA model description w d h wt cu ft Jumper for multi circuit system Liquid tight conduit Table to table jumper UL ed MCJ16L $ 51 MCJ26L $ 55 MCJ30L $ 57 MCJ31L $ 58 MCJ33L $ 59 MCJ35L $ 59 Jumper Metal Conduit Jumper for multi circuit system Metal conduit Table to table jumper UL ed MCJ16M $ 52 MCJ26M $ 57 MCJ30M $ 59 MCJ31M $ 60 MCJ33M $ 61 MCJ35M $ 62 Jumper Liquid Tight Conduit Jumper for multi circuit system Liquid tight conduit Jumper connects rotating power in-feed to first table UL ed MCJ72L $ 84 Jumper Metal Conduit Jumper for multi circuit system Metal conduit Jumper connects rotating power in-feed to first table UL ed MCJ72M $ 87 HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER MCJ16L 185

187 Sebree Training Tabletop Duplex Power Data Center POWER AND DATA model description w d h wt cu ft Metal retractable lid 2' cord with amp plug 2 black blank data port inserts (2) 15 amp outlets UL ed PS-30 Black $ 164 PS-31 Silver $ 164 Cable Management Undersurface Clip 3 position clip CM30-NR $ 27 Velcro Wire Manager Strip (Set of 4) WM-V4 4 1 $ 29 Grommet field installable - for cutout to be machined at factory; contact your customer service representative for ordering information round grommet Inside dimensions with inserts.5625" diameter Inside dimensions without inserts " diameter CGB-1 Black $ 35 CGN-1 Satin Nickel $ 35 Wire Management Troughs B4704WMT Black $ 56 B5904WMT Black $ 79 B7104WMT Black $ 90 HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER PS

188 Sebree Training Vertebra Cable Manager POWER AND DATA model description w d h wt cu ft Each set includes: 15 rings, 1 head, 1 edge clip, 1 clamp, and 2 screws CMV-AL $ 96 OPTIONS COLOR TSP - Transparent GPH - Graphite SLV - Silver HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER CMV-AL COLOR TSP 187

189 Sebree Training Insert Module POWER AND DATA model description w d h wt cu ft Black single Cat 5e RJ-45 module 5G108RE5 $ 31 Insert Module Black single Cat 3 RJ-45 module U1KEY345-BK $ 44 Table Connector Set of 2 Used for connection of worksurfaces 2 needed per connecting edge Must be used when specifying electrical components TC $ 29 Power Strip (6) 15 amp outlets (1) RJ-45 data jack 9' power cord Field installed UL ed PS $ 162 HOW TO ORDER MODEL NUMBER 5G108RE5 188

190 Sebree MATERIAL HPL Training EDGE Self Edge Lectern model description w d h wt cu ft 2 stationary shelves Paper stop Wire management B2246LEL $ 1,744 Hospitality Cart Serving shelf on metal standoffs Open storage shelf below serving shelf 2 doors Adjustable shelf behind doors Locking casters B3624HCL $ 3,466 Markerboard Markerboard surface on both sides Ledge with marker stop for eraser/marker storage Set of 4 dry erase markers and eraser Locking casters B3072MBL $ 2,860 OPTIONS LAMINATE Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. OFS Wood Grain Laminates MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP WRITING SURFACE Markerboard Only X3 - White X5 - Silver HOW TO ORDER LECTERN AND HOSPITALITY CART MODEL NUMBER B2246LEL LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh HOW TO ORDER MARKERBOARD MODEL NUMBER B3072MBL LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh WRITING SURFACE X3 189

191 Sebree TOP Veneer or HPL Training EDGE 3mm Wood Lectern model description w d h wt cu ft 2 stationary shelves Paper stop Wire management B2246LEW $ 2,210 Hospitality Cart Serving shelf on metal standoffs Open storage shelf below serving shelf 2 doors Adjustable shelf behind doors Locking casters B3624HCW $ 3,739 Markerboard Markerboard surface on both sides Ledge with marker stop for eraser/marker storage Set of 4 dry erase markers and eraser Locking casters B3072MBW $ 3,298 OPTIONS FINISH Veneer MCC MFC MGC MLC MNC MSC MVC MAW MGW MEW MFW MLW MNW MSW MVW MHM MLM MNM MCO MRO MSO MUO MGO WRITING SURFACE Markerboard Only X3 - White X5 - Silver OFS Wood Grain Laminates Lectern and Hospitality Cart Only MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP HOW TO ORDER LECTERN AND HOSPITALITY CART MODEL NUMBER B2246LEW FINISH MCC HOW TO ORDER MARKERBOARD MODEL NUMBER B3072MBW FINISH MCC WRITING SURFACE X3 190

192 Sebree MATERIAL HPL Training Visual Presentation Board - With Doors High Pressure Laminate model description w d h wt cu ft com High pressure laminate (HPL) Fabric tackboard Flip chart Display rail with adjustable hooks for flip chart Non-glare white markerboard Set of 4 dry erase markers and eraser Projection screen valance Ledge for eraser and marker storage B4848VPL $ 2,105 Tackboard List Price Upcharge Per Grade com Visual Presentation Board - No Doors High Pressure Laminate High pressure laminate (HPL) Non-glare white markerboard Set of 4 dry erase markers and eraser Projection screen valance Ledge for eraser and marker storage B4848VP2L $ 1,967 OPTIONS LAMINATE GRADE/FABRIC PROJECTION SCREEN Wilsonart matte texture standard pattern color laminates are available at standard prices. Lead times may be extended depending on supplier s availability. See page 158. OFS Wood Grain Laminates MFP EWP CHP NWP VCP VMP LMP STP MEP B4848VPL Only Note: See ing above under List Pricing/Grade for Upcharge. QM - No projection screen (standard) QP - 40" x 40" projection screen - Add $128 HOW TO ORDER PRESENTATION BOARD - WITH DOORS MODEL NUMBER B4848VPL LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh GRADE/FABRIC 4 Hue Smoke PROJECTION SCREEN QM HOW TO ORDER PRESENTATION BOARD - NO DOORS MODEL NUMBER B4848VP2L LAMINATE Wilsonart Pewter Mesh PROJECTION SCREEN QM 191

193 Sebree MATERIAL Wood Veneer Training Visual Presentation Board - With Doors Wood Veneer model description w d h wt cu ft com Wood veneer Fabric tackboard Flip chart Display rail with adjustable hooks for flip chart Non-glare white markerboard Set of 4 dry erase markers and eraser Projection screen valance Ledge for eraser and marker storage B4848VPW $ 2,918 Tackboard List Price Upcharge Per Grade com Visual Presentation Board - No Doors Wood Veneer Wood veneer Non-glare white markerboard Set of 4 dry erase markers and eraser Projection screen valance Ledge for eraser and marker storage B4848VP2W $ 2,766 OPTIONS FINISH GRADE/FABRIC PROJECTION SCREEN MCC MFC MGC MLC MNC MSC MVC MAW MGW MEW MFW MLW MNW MSW MVW MHM MLM MNM MCO MRO MSO MUO MGO B4848VPW Only Note: See ing above under List Pricing/Grade for Upcharge. QM - No projection screen (standard) QP - 40" x 40" projection screen - Add $128 HOW TO ORDER PRESENTATION BOARD - WITH DOORS MODEL NUMBER B4848VPW FINISH MCC GRADE/FABRIC 4 Hue Smoke PROJECTION SCREEN QM HOW TO ORDER PRESENTATION BOARD - NO DOORS MODEL NUMBER B4848VP2W FINISH MCC PROJECTION SCREEN QM 192

194 Calypso, Chaya, Larson, Palmer, Tidal, and Travata An impressive collection of tables offering the beauty and refinement reflected in our casegoods and seating. Choices in shapes, sizes, tops, and finishes create ultimate versatility. wood components Calypso, Larson, Palmer, Travata: Apron rails and legs are solid number one select hardwood. tops Calypso: Veneer tops are 1" thick with quartered book matched birdseye maple veneers. Chaya: Veneer tops are.75" thick quarter grain veneer. Larson: Clear glass tops are.5" thick with polished edges. Veneer undertops are 1" thick with post to post book matched veneers. Palmer: Veneer tops are.75" thick with quartered book matched veneers. Frosted glass tops are.5" thick with polished edges. Granite tops are.75" thick polished absolute black granite. Tidal: Veneer tops are.75" thick quarter grain veneer. Travata: Clear glass tops are.5" thick with polished edges. metal components Larson, Travata: All metal components are satin nickel powder coat. Chaya, Tidal: All metal components are brushed metal. assembly Calypso, Larson, Palmer, Travata: Structural joints are secured with solid wood screw blocks and legs are fastened in place with lag bolts to assure maximum strength. finishes The patented Euroluxe finish is a chemically re-engineered Urethane clear coat that preserves the beautiful depth and clarity of OFS' finishes, but allows for much greater performance with chemical and scratch resistance, as well as the complete elimination of dangerous formaldehyde emissions. The Euroluxe finish system achieves indoor air quality standards set by LEED and BIFMA furniture emission standards and allows all products to achieve GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certification by the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute. SilverBan technology is an antimicrobial utilizing silver ions infused into the Euroluxe wood finish for antimicrobial protection on all exposed wood surfaces. SilverBan inhibits the growth of mold, mildew, fungus and bacteria on wood surfaces, as well as odors caused by bacterial growth, by 99.99%. 193

195 Calypso o c c a s i o n a l t a b l e s Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Any Calypso Finish wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry (MNC) Sable/Cherry (MSC) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple (MHM) Light Maple (MLM) Natural Maple (MNM) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry (MFC) Formal Mahogany/Walnut (MFW) Vintage Mahogany (MVC) Vintage Mahogany (MVW) Matte Walnut Finishes: American Walnut (MAW) English Walnut (MGW) Executive Walnut (MEW) Legacy Walnut (MLW) Natural Walnut (MNW) Sable/Walnut (MSW) to order 2. Finish C CT / MLC Model Number Finish profile item model description w d h Square End Table C CT 1" thick top with $ 1,106 quartered book matched weight (lbs.) 37 birdseye maple veneers cubic ft. 10 Rectangular Magazine Table C MT 1" thick top with quartered book matched birdseye maple veneers weight (lbs.) 48 cubic ft. 13 $ 1,244 Console Table C ST 1" thick top with quartered book matched birdseye maple veneers weight (lbs.) 46 cubic ft. 18 $ 1,381 Round End Table C06-24CT 1" thick top with quartered book matched birdseye maple veneers weight (lbs.) 36 cubic ft. 10 $ 1,106 Round Magazine Table C06-40MT 1" thick top with quartered book matched birdseye maple veneers weight (lbs.) 64 cubic ft. 24 $ 1,

196 Chaya o c c a s i o n a l t a b l e s wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry (MNC) Sable/Cherry (MSC) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry (MFC) Formal Mahogany/Walnut (MFW) Vintage Mahogany/Cherry (MVC) Vintage Mahogany/Walnut (MVW) Matte Walnut Finishes: American Walnut (MAW) English Walnut (MGW) Executive Walnut (MEW) Legacy Walnut (MLW) Natural Walnut (MNW) Sable/Walnut (MSW) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple (MHM) Light Maple (MLM) Natural Maple (MNM) Matte Oak Finishes: Chestnut Oak (MCO) Clear Oak (MRO) Espresso Oak (MSO) European Oak (MUO) Steel Grey Oak (MGO) painted Black (BLK) Metallic (MTL) White (WHT) solid surface Bisque (BSQ) Black (NCB) White (GLW) to order 2. Finish C CT / MCC Model Number Finish finish upcharge Wood - No Upcharge Painted - For C CT, and C CT - Add $33 item model description w d h Square End Table C CT.75" thick tops with $ 1,900 quarter grain veneer size with solid surface: Brushed metal base weight (lbs.) 46 cubic ft. 8 C MT, and C MT - Add $45 Solid Surface - For C CT - Add $303 C CT - Add $306 Rectangular End Table C CT.75" thick tops with quarter grain veneer Brushed metal base size with solid surface: weight (lbs.) 52 cubic ft. 9 $ 1,932 C MT - Add $752 C MT - Add $549 Square Magazine Table C MT.75" thick tops with quarter grain veneer Brushed metal base size with solid surface: weight (lbs.) 70 cubic ft. 16 $ 2,650 Rectangular Magazine Table C MT.75" thick tops with quarter grain veneer Brushed metal base size with solid surface: weight (lbs.) 63 cubic ft. 13 $ 2,

197 Larson o c c a s i o n a l t a b l e s Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Any Larson Finish wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry (MNC) Sable/Cherry (MSC) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple (MHM) Light Maple (MLM) Natural Maple (MNM) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry (MFC) Formal Mahogany/Walnut (MFW) Vintage Mahogany (MVC) Vintage Mahogany (MVW) Matte Walnut Finishes: American Walnut (MAW) English Walnut (MGW) Executive Walnut (MEW) Legacy Walnut (MLW) Natural Walnut (MNW) Sable/Walnut (MSW) to order 2. Finish C CT / MLC Model Number Finish profile item model description w d h Square End Table C CT.5" thick clear glass top $ 1,106 with polished edges weight (lbs.) 47 1" thick undertop with post to post book matched veneers metal components in satin nickel powder coat cubic ft. 10 Square Magazine Table C MT.5" thick clear glass top with polished edges 1" thick undertop with post to post book matched veneers metal components in satin nickel powder coat weight (lbs.) 83 cubic ft. 24 $ 1,686 Rectangular Magazine Table C MT.5" thick clear glass top with polished edges 1" thick undertop with post to post book matched veneers metal components in satin nickel powder coat weight (lbs.) 61 cubic ft. 13 $ 1,314 Console Table C ST.5" thick clear glass top with polished edges 1" thick undertop with post to post book matched veneers metal components in satin nickel powder coat weight (lbs.) 59 cubic ft. 18 $ 1,314 Round End Table C07-24CT.5" thick clear glass top with polished edges 1" thick undertop with post to post book matched veneers metal components in satin nickel powder coat weight (lbs.) 45 cubic ft. 10 $ 1,175 Round Magazine Table C07-40MT.5" thick clear glass top with polished edges 1" thick undertop with post to post book matched veneers metal components in satin nickel powder coat weight (lbs.) 79 cubic ft. 24 $ 1,

198 Palmer o c c a s i o n a l t a b l e s Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Any Palmer Finish wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry (MNC) Sable/Cherry (MSC) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple (MHM) Light Maple (MLM) Natural Maple (MNM) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry (MFC) Formal Mahogany/Walnut (MFW) Vintage Mahogany (MVC) Vintage Mahogany (MVW) Matte Walnut Finishes: American Walnut (MAW) English Walnut (MGW) Executive Walnut (MEW) Legacy Walnut (MLW) Natural Walnut (MNW) Sable/Walnut (MSW) to order Wood(WS) or Glass(WT) Top 2. Finish 3. Top Option C CT / MLC /WS Model Number Finish Top Granite Top 2. Finish C05G-2424CT / MLC Model Number Finish profile tops item model description w d h Square End Table C CT (Wood Top).75" thick top with $ 1,036 quartered book matched veneers with wood top: weight (lbs.) 39 cubic ft. 12 C CT (Glass Top) C05G-2424CT (Granite Top).5" thick frosted glass with polished edges.75" thick polished absolute black granite with glass top: weight (lbs.) 39 cubic ft. 12 with granite top: weight (lbs.) 61 cubic ft. 12 $ 1,036 $ 2,419 Wood(WS) Rectangular End Table C CT (Wood Top).75" thick top with quartered book matched veneers with wood top: weight (lbs.) 41 cubic ft. 12 $ 1,036 Frosted Glass(WT) C CT (Glass Top).5" thick frosted glass with polished edges with glass top: weight (lbs.) 41 cubic ft. 12 $ 1,036 Black Granite C05G-2622CT (Granite Top).75" thick polished absolute black granite with granite top: weight (lbs.) 60 cubic ft. 12 $ 2,419 Square Magazine Table C MT (Wood Top).75" thick top with quartered book matched veneers with wood top: weight (lbs.) 71 cubic ft. 30 $ 1,520 C MT (Glass Top).5" thick frosted glass with polished edges with glass top: weight (lbs.) 71 cubic ft. 30 $ 1,520 C05G-4040MT (Granite Top).75" thick polished absolute black granite with granite top: weight (lbs.) 152 cubic ft. 30 $ 4,144 Rectangular Magazine Table C MT (Wood Top).75" thick top with quartered book matched veneers with wood top: weight (lbs.) 51 cubic ft. 17 $ 1,175 C MT (Glass Top).5" thick frosted glass with polished edges with glass top: weight (lbs.) 51 cubic ft. 17 $ 1,175 C05G-4222MT (Granite Top).75" thick polished absolute black granite with granite top: weight (lbs.) 92 cubic ft. 17 $ 2,764 Console Table C ST (Wood Top).75" thick top with quartered book matched veneers with wood top: weight (lbs.) 49 cubic ft. 22 $ 1,244 C ST (Glass Top).5" thick frosted glass with polished edges with glass top: weight (lbs.) 49 cubic ft. 22 $ 1, C05G-4817ST (Granite Top).75" thick polished absolute black granite with granite top: weight (lbs.) 85 cubic ft. 22 $ 3,

199 Tidal o c c a s i o n a l t a b l e s wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry (MNC) Sable/Cherry (MSC) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry (MFC) Formal Mahogany/Walnut (MFW) Vintage Mahogany/Cherry (MVC) Vintage Mahogany/Walnut (MVW) Matte Walnut Finishes: American Walnut (MAW) English Walnut (MGW) Executive Walnut (MEW) Legacy Walnut (MLW) Natural Walnut (MNW) Sable/Walnut (MSW) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple (MHM) Light Maple (MLM) Natural Maple (MNM) Matte Oak Finishes: Chestnut Oak (MCO) Clear Oak (MRO) Espresso Oak (MSO) European Oak (MUO) Steel Grey Oak (MGO) painted Black (BLK) Metallic (MTL) White (WHT) solid surface Bisque (BSQ) Black (NCB) White (GLW) to order 2. Finish C CT / MCC Model Number Finish finish upcharge Wood - No Upcharge Painted - For C CT, and C CT - Add $33 item model description w d h Square End Table C CT.75" thick top with $ 2,058 quarter grain veneer size with solid surface: Brushed metal base weight (lbs.) 46 cubic ft. 8 C MT, and C MT - Add $45 Solid Surface - For C CT - Add $275 C CT - Add $285 Rectangular End Table C CT.75" thick top with quarter grain veneer Brushed metal base size with solid surface: weight (lbs.) 52 cubic ft. 9 $ 2,193 C MT - Add $709 C MT - Add $521 Square Magazine Table C MT.75" thick top with quarter grain veneer Brushed metal base size with solid surface: weight (lbs.) 70 cubic ft. 16 $ 3,013 Rectangular Magazine Table C MT.75" thick top with quarter grain veneer Brushed metal base size with solid surface: weight (lbs.) 63 cubic ft. 13 $ 2,

200 Travata o c c a s i o n a l t a b l e s Arrival Day 12 items are at your door in 12 days. Items must be designated with an AR in front of the model number. See page 2 for additional ordering information. AR12 Options Available: Any Travata Finish wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry (MNC) Sable/Cherry (MSC) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple (MHM) Light Maple (MLM) Natural Maple (MNM) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry (MFC) Formal Mahogany/Walnut (MFW) Vintage Mahogany (MVC) Vintage Mahogany (MVW) Matte Walnut Finishes: American Walnut (MAW) English Walnut (MGW) Executive Walnut (MEW) Legacy Walnut (MLW) Natural Walnut (MNW) Sable/Walnut (MSW) to order 2. Finish C CT / MLC Model Number Finish profile item model description w d h Square End Table C CT.5" thick clear glass top $ 1,071 with polished edges weight (lbs.) 44 metal components in satin nickel powder coat cubic ft. 10 Square Magazine Table C MT.5" thick clear glass top with polished edges weight (lbs.) 79 metal components in satin nickel powder coat cubic ft. 24 $ 1,645 Rectangular Magazine Table C MT.5" thick clear glass top with polished edges weight (lbs.) 58 metal components in satin nickel powder coat cubic ft. 13 $ 1,314 Console Table C ST.5" thick clear glass top with polished edges weight (lbs.) 56 metal components in satin nickel powder coat cubic ft. 18 $ 1,

201 w w w. o f s. c o m

202 Myriad An impressive collection of tables offering the beauty and refinement reflected in our casegoods and seating. Choices in shapes, sizes, tops, legs, and finishes create ultimate versatility. veneer Myriad: Exposed surfaces are number one select veneer. Tops are swing matched to assure proper grain balance. Select straight grain patterns are used overall to maintain consistency between tables. tops Myriad: Veneer tops are " thick and utilize 5-ply construction. Frosted glass tops are.25" thick with polished edges within a solid wood frame. Solid surface tops are.125" thick backed by a.625" plywood core within a solid wood frame. Tops are profiled on all sides. legs Legs are molded from solid hardwood. Myriad utilizes 14 gauge steel leg brackets with a black powder coat or brushed nickel finish to resist scratching. assembly Structural joints are secured with solid wood screw blocks and legs are fastened in place with lag bolts to assure maximum strength. finishes The patented Euroluxe finish is a chemically re-engineered Urethane clear coat that preserves the beautiful depth and clarity of OFS' finishes, but allows for much greater performance with chemical and scratch resistance, as well as the complete elimination of dangerous formaldehyde emissions. The Euroluxe finish system achieves indoor air quality standards set by LEED and BIFMA furniture emission standards and allows all products to achieve GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certification by the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute. SilverBan technology is an antimicrobial utilizing silver ions infused into the Euroluxe wood finish for antimicrobial protection on all exposed wood surfaces. SilverBan inhibits the growth of mold, mildew, fungus and bacteria on wood surfaces, as well as odors caused by bacterial growth, by 99.99%. 201

203 Myriad lounge tables wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry (MNC) Sable/Cherry (MSC) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple (MHM) Light Maple (MLM) Natural Maple (MNM) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry (MFC) Formal Mahogany/Walnut (MFW) Vintage Mahogany (MVC) Vintage Mahogany (MVW) Matte Walnut Finishes: American Walnut (MAW) English Walnut (MGW) Executive Walnut (MEW) Legacy Walnut (MLW) Natural Walnut (MNW) Sable/Walnut (MSW) to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Top (CO3F Tables Only) 5. Leg 6. Leg Bracket Finish C03F-2424CT / MHM / WU / WX /XA / XF Model Number Finish Edge Top Leg Bracket edges Ellipse(WU) item model description w d h Square End Table C CT (Wood Top) " thick straight $ 1,121 grain veneer top weight (lbs.) 41 profiled 4 sides cubic ft. 10 Square(WV) C03F-2424CT (Glass Insert Top).25" thick frosted glass with polished edges within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides $ 1,206 Bevel(WW) C03F-2424CT (Solid Surface Top).125" thick top with.625" plywood core backer within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides $ 1,453 tops for CO3F tables Rectangular End Table C CT (Wood Top) " thick straight grain veneer top profiled 4 sides weight (lbs.) 42 cubic ft. 10 $ 1,121 Frosted Glass(WX) C03F-2622CT (Glass Insert Top).25" thick frosted glass with polished edges within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides $ 1,206 Solid Surface Graphite Mirage(WY) legs C03F-2622CT (Solid Surface Top).125" thick top with.625" plywood core backer within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides $ 1,453 Cavetto Detail w/round Leg(WZ) w/square Leg(XA) w/angle Leg(XB) Radius Detail w/round Leg(XC) w/square Leg(XD) w/angle Leg(XE) Square Magazine Table C MT (Wood Top) C03F-2424MT (Glass Insert Top) " thick straight grain veneer top profiled 4 sides.25" thick frosted glass with polished edges within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides C03F-2424MT (Solid Surface Top).125" thick top with.625" plywood core backer within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides weight (lbs.) 39 cubic ft. 8 $ 1,121 $ 1,206 $ 1,453 leg brackets Rectangular Magazine Table C MT (Wood Top) " thick straight grain veneer top profiled 4 sides weight (lbs.) 53 cubic ft. 13 $ 1,245 Black(XF) Brushed Nickel(XG) C03F-4222MT (Glass Insert Top).25" thick frosted glass with polished edges within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides $ 1,327 C03F-4222MT (Solid Surface Top).125" thick top with.625" plywood core backer within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides $ 1, w w w. o f s. c o m

204 Myriad lounge tables wood finishes Matte Cherry Finishes: Crescent Cherry (MCC) Grand Cherry (MGC) Light Cherry (MLC) Natural Cherry (MNC) Sable/Cherry (MSC) Matte Maple Finishes: Honey Maple (MHM) Light Maple (MLM) Natural Maple (MNM) Matte Mahogany Finishes: Formal Mahogany/Cherry (MFC) Formal Mahogany/Walnut (MFW) Vintage Mahogany (MVC) Vintage Mahogany (MVW) Matte Walnut Finishes: American Walnut (MAW) English Walnut (MGW) Executive Walnut (MEW) Legacy Walnut (MLW) Natural Walnut (MNW) Sable/Walnut (MSW) to order 2. Finish 3. Edge 4. Top (CO3F Tables Only) 5. Leg 6. Leg Bracket Finish C03F-4817ST / MHM / WU / WX /XA / XF Model Number Finish Edge Top Leg Bracket edges Ellipse(WU) item model description w d h Console Table C ST (Wood Top) " thick straight $ 1,327 grain veneer top weight (lbs.) 55 profiled 4 sides cubic ft. 18 Square(WV) C03F-4817ST (Glass Insert Top).25" thick frosted glass with polished edges within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides $ 1,413 Bevel(WW) C03F-4817ST (Solid Surface Top).125" thick top with.625" plywood core backer within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides $ 1,659 tops for CO3F tables Round End Table C03-18CT (Wood Top Only) " thick straight grain veneer top profiled 4 sides weight (lbs.) 39 cubic ft. 6 $ 1,159 Frosted Glass(WX) Solid Surface Graphite Mirage(WY) legs Cavetto Detail w/round Leg(WZ) w/square Leg(XA) w/angle Leg(XB) Radius Detail w/round Leg(XC) w/square Leg(XD) w/angle Leg(XE) Round Magazine Table C03-30MT (Wood Top) C03F-30MT (Glass Insert Top) " thick straight grain veneer top profiled 4 sides.25" thick frosted glass with polished edges within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides C03F-30MT (Solid Surface Top).125" thick top with.625" plywood core backer within a solid wood frame profiled 4 sides weight (lbs.) 55 cubic ft. 12 $ 1,453 $ 1,534 $ 1,743 leg brackets Black(XF) Brushed Nickel(XG) w w w. o f s. c o m 203

205 Element finish options Veneer MCC - Crescent Cherry MFC - Formal Mahogany/Cherry MGC - Grand Cherry MLC - Light Cherry MNC - Natural Cherry MSC - Sable/Cherry MVC - Vintage Mahogany/Cherry MAW - American Walnut MGW - English Walnut (Quartered) MEW - Executive Walnut MFW - Formal Mahogany/Walnut MLW - Legacy Walnut MNW - Natural Walnut (Quartered) MSW - Sable/Walnut MVW - Vintage Mahogany/Walnut MHM - Honey Maple MLM - Light Maple MNM - Natural Maple MCO - Chestnut Oak (Quartered) MRO - Clear Oak (Quartered) MSO - Espresso Oak (Quartered) MUO - European Oak (Quartered) MGO - Steel Grey Oak (Quartered) Laminate CHP - Light Cherry Laminate MFP - Formal Mahogany/Cherry Laminate VCP - Vintage Mahogany/Cherry Laminate LMP - Light Maple Laminate MEP - English Walnut (Quartered) Laminate EWP - Executive Walnut Laminate NWP - Natural Walnut (Quartered) Laminate VMP - Vintage Mahogany/Walnut Laminate STP - Steel Grey Oak (Quartered) Laminate 204

206 Element A clean, linear reception collection that offers a wide range of material options, surface finishes and components allowing you to mix and match to create the perfect introduction to your space. veneer Exposed wood surfaces are number one select cherry, walnut, maple or oak veneers. Drawer fronts are matched in sets to assure proper grain balance. Select straight and quarter grain patterns are used overall to maintain consistency between individual units. worksurfaces Worksurfaces are thick utilizing 3-ply construction. Durable scratch-resistant matte finish on all units. High pressure laminate worksurfaces are 3-ply construction with.050 thickness for high impact resistance. Available in Square Edge only. file drawers All file drawers accommodate letter or legal filing. Filing hardware is black powdercoated to prevent corrosion. drawer construction " thick unidirectional plywood drawer sides and backs are assembled using rigid dowel construction. Drawers feature 0.25 thick drawer bottoms. Drawer interiors are sanded and finished. drawer suspension High quality drawer suspensions carry a lifetime warranty. Box and file drawers are full extension. All suspension systems feature positive and cushioned in/out stops, steel ball bearings and a durable finish to ensure a smooth ride. locking Pedestal locks secure all drawers with the turn of a single key. All units are standard shipped keyed alike. Removable lock cores allow for rekeying at a later date. For offices to be keyed differently, keying requirements must be specified on the purchase order at the time the order is placed. assembly Units feature mitered case construction for ultimate stability. Structural joints are secured by 16-gauge steel angle brackets and wood glue blocks. Adjustable levelers feature insert nuts to prevent glide tear out. finishes The patented Euroluxe finish is a chemically re-engineered Urethane clear coat that preserves the beautiful depth and clarity of OFS' finishes, but allows for much greater performance with chemical and scratch resistance, as well as the complete elimination of dangerous formaldehyde emissions. The Euroluxe finish system achieves indoor air quality standards set by LEED and BIFMA furniture emission standards and allows all products to achieve GREENGUARD Indoor Air Quality Certification by the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute. SilverBan technology is an antimicrobial utilizing silver ions infused into the Euroluxe wood finish for antimicrobial protection on all exposed wood surfaces. SilverBan inhibits the growth of mold, mildew, fungus and bacteria on wood surfaces, as well as odors caused by bacterial growth, by 99.99%. 205